1 | /* $Id: VD.cpp 51886 2014-07-06 19:33:54Z vboxsync $ */
|
---|
2 | /** @file
|
---|
3 | * VBoxHDD - VBox HDD Container implementation.
|
---|
4 | */
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | /*
|
---|
7 | * Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
8 | *
|
---|
9 | * This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
10 | * available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
11 | * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
12 | * General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
13 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
14 | * VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
15 | * hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
16 | */
|
---|
17 |
|
---|
18 | /*******************************************************************************
|
---|
19 | * Header Files *
|
---|
20 | *******************************************************************************/
|
---|
21 | #define LOG_GROUP LOG_GROUP_VD
|
---|
22 | #include <VBox/vd.h>
|
---|
23 | #include <VBox/err.h>
|
---|
24 | #include <VBox/sup.h>
|
---|
25 | #include <VBox/log.h>
|
---|
26 |
|
---|
27 | #include <iprt/alloc.h>
|
---|
28 | #include <iprt/assert.h>
|
---|
29 | #include <iprt/uuid.h>
|
---|
30 | #include <iprt/file.h>
|
---|
31 | #include <iprt/string.h>
|
---|
32 | #include <iprt/asm.h>
|
---|
33 | #include <iprt/ldr.h>
|
---|
34 | #include <iprt/dir.h>
|
---|
35 | #include <iprt/path.h>
|
---|
36 | #include <iprt/param.h>
|
---|
37 | #include <iprt/memcache.h>
|
---|
38 | #include <iprt/sg.h>
|
---|
39 | #include <iprt/list.h>
|
---|
40 | #include <iprt/avl.h>
|
---|
41 | #include <iprt/semaphore.h>
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | #include <VBox/vd-plugin.h>
|
---|
44 |
|
---|
45 | #include "VDBackends.h"
|
---|
46 |
|
---|
47 | /** Disable dynamic backends on non x86 architectures. This feature
|
---|
48 | * requires the SUPR3 library which is not available there.
|
---|
49 | */
|
---|
50 | #if !defined(VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS) && !defined(RT_ARCH_X86) && !defined(RT_ARCH_AMD64)
|
---|
51 | # define VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
52 | #endif
|
---|
53 |
|
---|
54 | #define VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE 0x6f0e2a7d
|
---|
55 |
|
---|
56 | /** Buffer size used for merging images. */
|
---|
57 | #define VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * _1M)
|
---|
58 |
|
---|
59 | /** Maximum number of segments in one I/O task. */
|
---|
60 | #define VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX 64
|
---|
61 |
|
---|
62 | /** Threshold after not recently used blocks are removed from the list. */
|
---|
63 | #define VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD (10 * _1M) /** @todo: experiment */
|
---|
64 |
|
---|
65 | /**
|
---|
66 | * VD async I/O interface storage descriptor.
|
---|
67 | */
|
---|
68 | typedef struct VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE
|
---|
69 | {
|
---|
70 | /** File handle. */
|
---|
71 | RTFILE File;
|
---|
72 | /** Completion callback. */
|
---|
73 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted;
|
---|
74 | /** Thread for async access. */
|
---|
75 | RTTHREAD ThreadAsync;
|
---|
76 | } VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE, *PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE;
|
---|
77 |
|
---|
78 | /**
|
---|
79 | * Structure containing everything I/O related
|
---|
80 | * for the image and cache descriptors.
|
---|
81 | */
|
---|
82 | typedef struct VDIO
|
---|
83 | {
|
---|
84 | /** I/O interface to the upper layer. */
|
---|
85 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
86 |
|
---|
87 | /** Per image internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
88 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
89 |
|
---|
90 | /** Fallback I/O interface, only used if the caller doesn't provide it. */
|
---|
91 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIo;
|
---|
92 |
|
---|
93 | /** Opaque backend data. */
|
---|
94 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
95 | /** Disk this image is part of */
|
---|
96 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
97 | /** Flag whether to ignore flush requests. */
|
---|
98 | bool fIgnoreFlush;
|
---|
99 | } VDIO, *PVDIO;
|
---|
100 |
|
---|
101 | /** Forward declaration of an I/O task */
|
---|
102 | typedef struct VDIOTASK *PVDIOTASK;
|
---|
103 |
|
---|
104 | /**
|
---|
105 | * VBox HDD Container image descriptor.
|
---|
106 | */
|
---|
107 | typedef struct VDIMAGE
|
---|
108 | {
|
---|
109 | /** Link to parent image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
110 | struct VDIMAGE *pPrev;
|
---|
111 | /** Link to child image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
112 | struct VDIMAGE *pNext;
|
---|
113 | /** Container base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
114 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
115 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
116 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
117 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
118 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
119 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
120 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
121 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
122 |
|
---|
123 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
124 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
125 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-image. */
|
---|
126 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
127 | /** I/O related things. */
|
---|
128 | VDIO VDIo;
|
---|
129 | } VDIMAGE, *PVDIMAGE;
|
---|
130 |
|
---|
131 | /**
|
---|
132 | * uModified bit flags.
|
---|
133 | */
|
---|
134 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG RT_BIT(0)
|
---|
135 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST RT_BIT(1)
|
---|
136 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE RT_BIT(2)
|
---|
137 |
|
---|
138 |
|
---|
139 | /**
|
---|
140 | * VBox HDD Cache image descriptor.
|
---|
141 | */
|
---|
142 | typedef struct VDCACHE
|
---|
143 | {
|
---|
144 | /** Cache base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
145 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
146 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
147 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
148 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
149 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
150 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
151 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
152 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
153 |
|
---|
154 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
155 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-cache. */
|
---|
158 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
159 | /** I/O related things. */
|
---|
160 | VDIO VDIo;
|
---|
161 | } VDCACHE, *PVDCACHE;
|
---|
162 |
|
---|
163 | /**
|
---|
164 | * A block waiting for a discard.
|
---|
165 | */
|
---|
166 | typedef struct VDDISCARDBLOCK
|
---|
167 | {
|
---|
168 | /** AVL core. */
|
---|
169 | AVLRU64NODECORE Core;
|
---|
170 | /** LRU list node. */
|
---|
171 | RTLISTNODE NodeLru;
|
---|
172 | /** Number of bytes to discard. */
|
---|
173 | size_t cbDiscard;
|
---|
174 | /** Bitmap of allocated sectors. */
|
---|
175 | void *pbmAllocated;
|
---|
176 | } VDDISCARDBLOCK, *PVDDISCARDBLOCK;
|
---|
177 |
|
---|
178 | /**
|
---|
179 | * VD discard state.
|
---|
180 | */
|
---|
181 | typedef struct VDDISCARDSTATE
|
---|
182 | {
|
---|
183 | /** Number of bytes waiting for a discard. */
|
---|
184 | size_t cbDiscarding;
|
---|
185 | /** AVL tree with blocks waiting for a discard.
|
---|
186 | * The uOffset + cbDiscard range is the search key. */
|
---|
187 | PAVLRU64TREE pTreeBlocks;
|
---|
188 | /** LRU list of the least frequently discarded blocks.
|
---|
189 | * If there are to many blocks waiting the least frequently used
|
---|
190 | * will be removed and the range will be set to 0.
|
---|
191 | */
|
---|
192 | RTLISTNODE ListLru;
|
---|
193 | } VDDISCARDSTATE, *PVDDISCARDSTATE;
|
---|
194 |
|
---|
195 | /**
|
---|
196 | * VD filter instance.
|
---|
197 | */
|
---|
198 | typedef struct VDFILTER
|
---|
199 | {
|
---|
200 | /** Pointer to the previous filter. */
|
---|
201 | struct VDFILTER *pPrev;
|
---|
202 | /** Pointer to the next filter. */
|
---|
203 | struct VDFILTER *pNext;
|
---|
204 | /** Opaque VD filter backend instance data. */
|
---|
205 | void *pvBackendData;
|
---|
206 | /** Pointer to the filter backend interface. */
|
---|
207 | PCVDFILTERBACKEND pBackend;
|
---|
208 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-filter. */
|
---|
209 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsFilter;
|
---|
210 | /** I/O related things. */
|
---|
211 | VDIO VDIo;
|
---|
212 | } VDFILTER;
|
---|
213 | /** Pointer to a VD filter instance. */
|
---|
214 | typedef VDFILTER *PVDFILTER;
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | /**
|
---|
217 | * VBox HDD Container main structure, private part.
|
---|
218 | */
|
---|
219 | struct VBOXHDD
|
---|
220 | {
|
---|
221 | /** Structure signature (VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE). */
|
---|
222 | uint32_t u32Signature;
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | /** Image type. */
|
---|
225 | VDTYPE enmType;
|
---|
226 |
|
---|
227 | /** Number of opened images. */
|
---|
228 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
229 |
|
---|
230 | /** Base image. */
|
---|
231 | PVDIMAGE pBase;
|
---|
232 |
|
---|
233 | /** Last opened image in the chain.
|
---|
234 | * The same as pBase if only one image is used. */
|
---|
235 | PVDIMAGE pLast;
|
---|
236 |
|
---|
237 | /** If a merge to one of the parents is running this may be non-NULL
|
---|
238 | * to indicate to what image the writes should be additionally relayed. */
|
---|
239 | PVDIMAGE pImageRelay;
|
---|
240 |
|
---|
241 | /** Flags representing the modification state. */
|
---|
242 | unsigned uModified;
|
---|
243 |
|
---|
244 | /** Cached size of this disk. */
|
---|
245 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
246 | /** Cached PCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
247 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
248 | /** Cached LCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
249 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-disk. */
|
---|
252 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
253 | /** Pointer to the common interface structure for error reporting. */
|
---|
254 | PVDINTERFACEERROR pInterfaceError;
|
---|
255 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization callbacks. */
|
---|
256 | PVDINTERFACETHREADSYNC pInterfaceThreadSync;
|
---|
257 |
|
---|
258 | /** Memory cache for I/O contexts */
|
---|
259 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoCtx;
|
---|
260 | /** Memory cache for I/O tasks. */
|
---|
261 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoTask;
|
---|
262 | /** An I/O context is currently using the disk structures
|
---|
263 | * Every I/O context must be placed on one of the lists below. */
|
---|
264 | volatile bool fLocked;
|
---|
265 | /** Head of pending I/O tasks waiting for completion - LIFO order. */
|
---|
266 | volatile PVDIOTASK pIoTasksPendingHead;
|
---|
267 | /** Head of newly queued I/O contexts - LIFO order. */
|
---|
268 | volatile PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
269 | /** Head of halted I/O contexts which are given back to generic
|
---|
270 | * disk framework by the backend. - LIFO order. */
|
---|
271 | volatile PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHaltedHead;
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | /** Head of blocked I/O contexts, processed only
|
---|
274 | * after pIoCtxLockOwner was freed - LIFO order. */
|
---|
275 | volatile PVDIOCTX pIoCtxBlockedHead;
|
---|
276 | /** I/O context which locked the disk for a growing write or flush request.
|
---|
277 | * Other flush or growing write requests need to wait until
|
---|
278 | * the current one completes. - NIL_VDIOCTX if unlocked. */
|
---|
279 | volatile PVDIOCTX pIoCtxLockOwner;
|
---|
280 | /** If the disk was locked by a growing write, flush or discard request this
|
---|
281 | * contains the start offset to check for interfering I/O while it is in progress. */
|
---|
282 | uint64_t uOffsetStartLocked;
|
---|
283 | /** If the disk was locked by a growing write, flush or discard request this contains
|
---|
284 | * the first non affected offset to check for interfering I/O while it is in progress. */
|
---|
285 | uint64_t uOffsetEndLocked;
|
---|
286 |
|
---|
287 | /** Pointer to the L2 disk cache if any. */
|
---|
288 | PVDCACHE pCache;
|
---|
289 | /** Pointer to the discard state if any. */
|
---|
290 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard;
|
---|
291 |
|
---|
292 | /** Pointer to the first filter in the chain. */
|
---|
293 | PVDFILTER pFilterHead;
|
---|
294 | /** Pointer to the last filter in the chain. */
|
---|
295 | PVDFILTER pFilterTail;
|
---|
296 | };
|
---|
297 |
|
---|
298 | # define VD_IS_LOCKED(a_pDisk) \
|
---|
299 | do \
|
---|
300 | { \
|
---|
301 | AssertMsg(a_pDisk->fLocked, \
|
---|
302 | ("Lock not held\n"));\
|
---|
303 | } while(0)
|
---|
304 |
|
---|
305 | /**
|
---|
306 | * VBox parent read descriptor, used internally for compaction.
|
---|
307 | */
|
---|
308 | typedef struct VDPARENTSTATEDESC
|
---|
309 | {
|
---|
310 | /** Pointer to disk descriptor. */
|
---|
311 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
312 | /** Pointer to image descriptor. */
|
---|
313 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
314 | } VDPARENTSTATEDESC, *PVDPARENTSTATEDESC;
|
---|
315 |
|
---|
316 | /**
|
---|
317 | * Transfer direction.
|
---|
318 | */
|
---|
319 | typedef enum VDIOCTXTXDIR
|
---|
320 | {
|
---|
321 | /** Read */
|
---|
322 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ = 0,
|
---|
323 | /** Write */
|
---|
324 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
325 | /** Flush */
|
---|
326 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
327 | /** Discard */
|
---|
328 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD,
|
---|
329 | /** 32bit hack */
|
---|
330 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_32BIT_HACK = 0x7fffffff
|
---|
331 | } VDIOCTXTXDIR, *PVDIOCTXTXDIR;
|
---|
332 |
|
---|
333 | /** Transfer function */
|
---|
334 | typedef DECLCALLBACK(int) FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER (PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
335 | /** Pointer to a transfer function. */
|
---|
336 | typedef FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER *PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER;
|
---|
337 |
|
---|
338 | /**
|
---|
339 | * I/O context
|
---|
340 | */
|
---|
341 | typedef struct VDIOCTX
|
---|
342 | {
|
---|
343 | /** Pointer to the next I/O context. */
|
---|
344 | struct VDIOCTX * volatile pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
345 | /** Disk this is request is for. */
|
---|
346 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
347 | /** Return code. */
|
---|
348 | int rcReq;
|
---|
349 | /** Various flags for the I/O context. */
|
---|
350 | uint32_t fFlags;
|
---|
351 | /** Number of data transfers currently pending. */
|
---|
352 | volatile uint32_t cDataTransfersPending;
|
---|
353 | /** How many meta data transfers are pending. */
|
---|
354 | volatile uint32_t cMetaTransfersPending;
|
---|
355 | /** Flag whether the request finished */
|
---|
356 | volatile bool fComplete;
|
---|
357 | /** Temporary allocated memory which is freed
|
---|
358 | * when the context completes. */
|
---|
359 | void *pvAllocation;
|
---|
360 | /** Transfer function. */
|
---|
361 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
362 | /** Next transfer part after the current one completed. */
|
---|
363 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
364 | /** Transfer direction */
|
---|
365 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
366 | /** Request type dependent data. */
|
---|
367 | union
|
---|
368 | {
|
---|
369 | /** I/O request (read/write). */
|
---|
370 | struct
|
---|
371 | {
|
---|
372 | /** Number of bytes left until this context completes. */
|
---|
373 | volatile uint32_t cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
374 | /** Current offset */
|
---|
375 | volatile uint64_t uOffset;
|
---|
376 | /** Number of bytes to transfer */
|
---|
377 | volatile size_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
378 | /** Current image in the chain. */
|
---|
379 | PVDIMAGE pImageCur;
|
---|
380 | /** Start image to read from. pImageCur is reset to this
|
---|
381 | * value after it reached the first image in the chain. */
|
---|
382 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart;
|
---|
383 | /** S/G buffer */
|
---|
384 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
385 | /** Number of bytes to clear in the buffer before the current read. */
|
---|
386 | size_t cbBufClear;
|
---|
387 | /** Number of images to read. */
|
---|
388 | unsigned cImagesRead;
|
---|
389 | /** Override for the parent image to start reading from. */
|
---|
390 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride;
|
---|
391 | /** Original offset of the transfer - required for filtering read requests. */
|
---|
392 | uint64_t uOffsetXferOrig;
|
---|
393 | /** Original size of the transfer - required for fitlering read requests. */
|
---|
394 | size_t cbXferOrig;
|
---|
395 | } Io;
|
---|
396 | /** Discard requests. */
|
---|
397 | struct
|
---|
398 | {
|
---|
399 | /** Pointer to the range descriptor array. */
|
---|
400 | PCRTRANGE paRanges;
|
---|
401 | /** Number of ranges in the array. */
|
---|
402 | unsigned cRanges;
|
---|
403 | /** Range descriptor index which is processed. */
|
---|
404 | unsigned idxRange;
|
---|
405 | /** Start offset to discard currently. */
|
---|
406 | uint64_t offCur;
|
---|
407 | /** How many bytes left to discard in the current range. */
|
---|
408 | size_t cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
409 | /** How many bytes to discard in the current block (<= cbDiscardLeft). */
|
---|
410 | size_t cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
411 | /** Discard block handled currently. */
|
---|
412 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock;
|
---|
413 | } Discard;
|
---|
414 | } Req;
|
---|
415 | /** Parent I/O context if any. Sets the type of the context (root/child) */
|
---|
416 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
417 | /** Type dependent data (root/child) */
|
---|
418 | union
|
---|
419 | {
|
---|
420 | /** Root data */
|
---|
421 | struct
|
---|
422 | {
|
---|
423 | /** Completion callback */
|
---|
424 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete;
|
---|
425 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
426 | void *pvUser1;
|
---|
427 | /** User argument 2 passed on completion. */
|
---|
428 | void *pvUser2;
|
---|
429 | } Root;
|
---|
430 | /** Child data */
|
---|
431 | struct
|
---|
432 | {
|
---|
433 | /** Saved start offset */
|
---|
434 | uint64_t uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
435 | /** Saved transfer size */
|
---|
436 | size_t cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
437 | /** Number of bytes transferred from the parent if this context completes. */
|
---|
438 | size_t cbTransferParent;
|
---|
439 | /** Number of bytes to pre read */
|
---|
440 | size_t cbPreRead;
|
---|
441 | /** Number of bytes to post read. */
|
---|
442 | size_t cbPostRead;
|
---|
443 | /** Number of bytes to write left in the parent. */
|
---|
444 | size_t cbWriteParent;
|
---|
445 | /** Write type dependent data. */
|
---|
446 | union
|
---|
447 | {
|
---|
448 | /** Optimized */
|
---|
449 | struct
|
---|
450 | {
|
---|
451 | /** Bytes to fill to satisfy the block size. Not part of the virtual disk. */
|
---|
452 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
453 | /** Bytes to copy instead of reading from the parent */
|
---|
454 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
455 | /** Bytes to read from the image. */
|
---|
456 | size_t cbReadImage;
|
---|
457 | } Optimized;
|
---|
458 | } Write;
|
---|
459 | } Child;
|
---|
460 | } Type;
|
---|
461 | } VDIOCTX;
|
---|
462 |
|
---|
463 | /** Default flags for an I/O context, i.e. unblocked and async. */
|
---|
464 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DEFAULT (0)
|
---|
465 | /** Flag whether the context is blocked. */
|
---|
466 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED RT_BIT_32(0)
|
---|
467 | /** Flag whether the I/O context is using synchronous I/O. */
|
---|
468 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC RT_BIT_32(1)
|
---|
469 | /** Flag whether the read should update the cache. */
|
---|
470 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE RT_BIT_32(2)
|
---|
471 | /** Flag whether free blocks should be zeroed.
|
---|
472 | * If false and no image has data for sepcified
|
---|
473 | * range VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE is returned for the I/O context.
|
---|
474 | * Note that unallocated blocks are still zeroed
|
---|
475 | * if at least one image has valid data for a part
|
---|
476 | * of the range.
|
---|
477 | */
|
---|
478 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS RT_BIT_32(3)
|
---|
479 | /** Don't free the I/O context when complete because
|
---|
480 | * it was alloacted elsewhere (stack, ...). */
|
---|
481 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE RT_BIT_32(4)
|
---|
482 | /** Don't set the modified flag for this I/O context when writing. */
|
---|
483 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_SET_MODIFIED_FLAG RT_BIT_32(5)
|
---|
484 | /** The write filter was applied already and shouldn't be applied a second time.
|
---|
485 | * Used at the beginning of vdWriteHelperAsync() because it might be called
|
---|
486 | * multiple times.
|
---|
487 | */
|
---|
488 | #define VDIOCTX_FLAGS_WRITE_FILTER_APPLIED RT_BIT_32(6)
|
---|
489 |
|
---|
490 | /** NIL I/O context pointer value. */
|
---|
491 | #define NIL_VDIOCTX ((PVDIOCTX)0)
|
---|
492 |
|
---|
493 | /**
|
---|
494 | * List node for deferred I/O contexts.
|
---|
495 | */
|
---|
496 | typedef struct VDIOCTXDEFERRED
|
---|
497 | {
|
---|
498 | /** Node in the list of deferred requests.
|
---|
499 | * A request can be deferred if the image is growing
|
---|
500 | * and the request accesses the same range or if
|
---|
501 | * the backend needs to read or write metadata from the disk
|
---|
502 | * before it can continue. */
|
---|
503 | RTLISTNODE NodeDeferred;
|
---|
504 | /** I/O context this entry points to. */
|
---|
505 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
506 | } VDIOCTXDEFERRED, *PVDIOCTXDEFERRED;
|
---|
507 |
|
---|
508 | /**
|
---|
509 | * I/O task.
|
---|
510 | */
|
---|
511 | typedef struct VDIOTASK
|
---|
512 | {
|
---|
513 | /** Next I/O task waiting in the list. */
|
---|
514 | struct VDIOTASK * volatile pNext;
|
---|
515 | /** Storage this task belongs to. */
|
---|
516 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage;
|
---|
517 | /** Optional completion callback. */
|
---|
518 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete;
|
---|
519 | /** Opaque user data. */
|
---|
520 | void *pvUser;
|
---|
521 | /** Completion status code for the task. */
|
---|
522 | int rcReq;
|
---|
523 | /** Flag whether this is a meta data transfer. */
|
---|
524 | bool fMeta;
|
---|
525 | /** Type dependent data. */
|
---|
526 | union
|
---|
527 | {
|
---|
528 | /** User data transfer. */
|
---|
529 | struct
|
---|
530 | {
|
---|
531 | /** Number of bytes this task transferred. */
|
---|
532 | uint32_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
533 | /** Pointer to the I/O context the task belongs. */
|
---|
534 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
535 | } User;
|
---|
536 | /** Meta data transfer. */
|
---|
537 | struct
|
---|
538 | {
|
---|
539 | /** Meta transfer this task is for. */
|
---|
540 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer;
|
---|
541 | } Meta;
|
---|
542 | } Type;
|
---|
543 | } VDIOTASK;
|
---|
544 |
|
---|
545 | /**
|
---|
546 | * Storage handle.
|
---|
547 | */
|
---|
548 | typedef struct VDIOSTORAGE
|
---|
549 | {
|
---|
550 | /** Image I/O state this storage handle belongs to. */
|
---|
551 | PVDIO pVDIo;
|
---|
552 | /** AVL tree for pending async metadata transfers. */
|
---|
553 | PAVLRFOFFTREE pTreeMetaXfers;
|
---|
554 | /** Storage handle */
|
---|
555 | void *pStorage;
|
---|
556 | } VDIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
557 |
|
---|
558 | /**
|
---|
559 | * Metadata transfer.
|
---|
560 | *
|
---|
561 | * @note This entry can't be freed if either the list is not empty or
|
---|
562 | * the reference counter is not 0.
|
---|
563 | * The assumption is that the backends don't need to read huge amounts of
|
---|
564 | * metadata to complete a transfer so the additional memory overhead should
|
---|
565 | * be relatively small.
|
---|
566 | */
|
---|
567 | typedef struct VDMETAXFER
|
---|
568 | {
|
---|
569 | /** AVL core for fast search (the file offset is the key) */
|
---|
570 | AVLRFOFFNODECORE Core;
|
---|
571 | /** I/O storage for this transfer. */
|
---|
572 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage;
|
---|
573 | /** Flags. */
|
---|
574 | uint32_t fFlags;
|
---|
575 | /** List of I/O contexts waiting for this metadata transfer to complete. */
|
---|
576 | RTLISTNODE ListIoCtxWaiting;
|
---|
577 | /** Number of references to this entry. */
|
---|
578 | unsigned cRefs;
|
---|
579 | /** Size of the data stored with this entry. */
|
---|
580 | size_t cbMeta;
|
---|
581 | /** Data stored - variable size. */
|
---|
582 | uint8_t abData[1];
|
---|
583 | } VDMETAXFER;
|
---|
584 |
|
---|
585 | /**
|
---|
586 | * The transfer direction for the metadata.
|
---|
587 | */
|
---|
588 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK 0x3
|
---|
589 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE 0x0
|
---|
590 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE 0x1
|
---|
591 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ 0x2
|
---|
592 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH 0x3
|
---|
593 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(flags) ((flags) & VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK)
|
---|
594 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(flags, dir) ((flags) = (flags & ~VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK) | (dir))
|
---|
595 |
|
---|
596 | /**
|
---|
597 | * Plugin structure.
|
---|
598 | */
|
---|
599 | typedef struct VDPLUGIN
|
---|
600 | {
|
---|
601 | /** Pointer to the next plugin structure. */
|
---|
602 | RTLISTNODE NodePlugin;
|
---|
603 | /** Handle of loaded plugin library. */
|
---|
604 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin;
|
---|
605 | /** Filename of the loaded plugin. */
|
---|
606 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
607 | } VDPLUGIN;
|
---|
608 | /** Pointer to a plugin structure. */
|
---|
609 | typedef VDPLUGIN *PVDPLUGIN;
|
---|
610 |
|
---|
611 | /** Head of loaded plugin list. */
|
---|
612 | static RTLISTANCHOR g_ListPluginsLoaded;
|
---|
613 |
|
---|
614 | /** Number of image backends supported. */
|
---|
615 | static unsigned g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
616 | /** Array of pointers to the image backends. */
|
---|
617 | static PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
618 | /** Builtin image backends. */
|
---|
619 | static PCVBOXHDDBACKEND aStaticBackends[] =
|
---|
620 | {
|
---|
621 | &g_VmdkBackend,
|
---|
622 | &g_VDIBackend,
|
---|
623 | &g_VhdBackend,
|
---|
624 | &g_ParallelsBackend,
|
---|
625 | &g_DmgBackend,
|
---|
626 | &g_QedBackend,
|
---|
627 | &g_QCowBackend,
|
---|
628 | &g_VhdxBackend,
|
---|
629 | &g_RawBackend,
|
---|
630 | &g_ISCSIBackend
|
---|
631 | };
|
---|
632 |
|
---|
633 | /** Number of supported cache backends. */
|
---|
634 | static unsigned g_cCacheBackends = 0;
|
---|
635 | /** Array of pointers to the cache backends. */
|
---|
636 | static PCVDCACHEBACKEND *g_apCacheBackends = NULL;
|
---|
637 | /** Builtin cache backends. */
|
---|
638 | static PCVDCACHEBACKEND aStaticCacheBackends[] =
|
---|
639 | {
|
---|
640 | &g_VciCacheBackend
|
---|
641 | };
|
---|
642 |
|
---|
643 | /** Number of supported filter backends. */
|
---|
644 | static unsigned g_cFilterBackends = 0;
|
---|
645 | /** Array of pointers to the filters backends. */
|
---|
646 | static PCVDFILTERBACKEND *g_apFilterBackends = NULL;
|
---|
647 |
|
---|
648 | /** Forward declaration of the async discard helper. */
|
---|
649 | static int vdDiscardHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
650 | static int vdWriteHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
651 | static void vdDiskProcessBlockedIoCtx(PVBOXHDD pDisk);
|
---|
652 | static int vdDiskUnlock(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxRc);
|
---|
653 | static DECLCALLBACK(void) vdIoCtxSyncComplete(void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2, int rcReq);
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | /**
|
---|
656 | * internal: add several backends.
|
---|
657 | */
|
---|
658 | static int vdAddBackends(PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
659 | {
|
---|
660 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *pTmp = (PCVBOXHDDBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apBackends,
|
---|
661 | (g_cBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PCVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
662 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
663 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
664 | g_apBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
665 | memcpy(&g_apBackends[g_cBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PCVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
666 | g_cBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
667 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
668 | }
|
---|
669 |
|
---|
670 | /**
|
---|
671 | * internal: add single backend.
|
---|
672 | */
|
---|
673 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddBackend(PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
674 | {
|
---|
675 | return vdAddBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
676 | }
|
---|
677 |
|
---|
678 | /**
|
---|
679 | * internal: add several cache backends.
|
---|
680 | */
|
---|
681 | static int vdAddCacheBackends(PCVDCACHEBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
682 | {
|
---|
683 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND *pTmp = (PCVDCACHEBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apCacheBackends,
|
---|
684 | (g_cCacheBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PCVDCACHEBACKEND));
|
---|
685 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
686 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
687 | g_apCacheBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
688 | memcpy(&g_apCacheBackends[g_cCacheBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PCVDCACHEBACKEND));
|
---|
689 | g_cCacheBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
690 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
691 | }
|
---|
692 |
|
---|
693 | /**
|
---|
694 | * internal: add single cache backend.
|
---|
695 | */
|
---|
696 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddCacheBackend(PCVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
697 | {
|
---|
698 | return vdAddCacheBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
699 | }
|
---|
700 |
|
---|
701 | /**
|
---|
702 | * Add several filter bakends.
|
---|
703 | *
|
---|
704 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
705 | * @param ppBackends Array of filter backends to add.
|
---|
706 | * @param cBackends Number of backends to add.
|
---|
707 | */
|
---|
708 | static int vdAddFilterBackends(PCVDFILTERBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
709 | {
|
---|
710 | PCVDFILTERBACKEND *pTmp = (PCVDFILTERBACKEND *)RTMemRealloc(g_apFilterBackends,
|
---|
711 | (g_cFilterBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PCVDFILTERBACKEND));
|
---|
712 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
713 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
714 | g_apFilterBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
715 | memcpy(&g_apFilterBackends[g_cFilterBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PCVDFILTERBACKEND));
|
---|
716 | g_cFilterBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
717 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
718 | }
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | /**
|
---|
721 | * Add a single filter backend to the list of supported filters.
|
---|
722 | *
|
---|
723 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
724 | * @param pBackend The backend to add.
|
---|
725 | */
|
---|
726 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddFilterBackend(PCVDFILTERBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
727 | {
|
---|
728 | return vdAddFilterBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
729 | }
|
---|
730 |
|
---|
731 | /**
|
---|
732 | * internal: issue error message.
|
---|
733 | */
|
---|
734 | static int vdError(PVBOXHDD pDisk, int rc, RT_SRC_POS_DECL,
|
---|
735 | const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
736 | {
|
---|
737 | va_list va;
|
---|
738 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
739 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceError)
|
---|
740 | pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnError(pDisk->pInterfaceError->Core.pvUser, rc, RT_SRC_POS_ARGS, pszFormat, va);
|
---|
741 | va_end(va);
|
---|
742 | return rc;
|
---|
743 | }
|
---|
744 |
|
---|
745 | /**
|
---|
746 | * internal: thread synchronization, start read.
|
---|
747 | */
|
---|
748 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
749 | {
|
---|
750 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
751 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
752 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnStartRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
753 | return rc;
|
---|
754 | }
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | /**
|
---|
757 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish read.
|
---|
758 | */
|
---|
759 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
760 | {
|
---|
761 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
762 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
763 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnFinishRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
764 | return rc;
|
---|
765 | }
|
---|
766 |
|
---|
767 | /**
|
---|
768 | * internal: thread synchronization, start write.
|
---|
769 | */
|
---|
770 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
771 | {
|
---|
772 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
773 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
774 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnStartWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
775 | return rc;
|
---|
776 | }
|
---|
777 |
|
---|
778 | /**
|
---|
779 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish write.
|
---|
780 | */
|
---|
781 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
782 | {
|
---|
783 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
784 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
785 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnFinishWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
786 | return rc;
|
---|
787 | }
|
---|
788 |
|
---|
789 | /**
|
---|
790 | * internal: find image format backend.
|
---|
791 | */
|
---|
792 | static int vdFindBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
793 | {
|
---|
794 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
795 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
796 |
|
---|
797 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
798 | VDInit();
|
---|
799 |
|
---|
800 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
801 | {
|
---|
802 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
803 | {
|
---|
804 | pBackend = g_apBackends[i];
|
---|
805 | break;
|
---|
806 | }
|
---|
807 | }
|
---|
808 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
809 | return rc;
|
---|
810 | }
|
---|
811 |
|
---|
812 | /**
|
---|
813 | * internal: find cache format backend.
|
---|
814 | */
|
---|
815 | static int vdFindCacheBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVDCACHEBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
816 | {
|
---|
817 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
818 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
819 |
|
---|
820 | if (!g_apCacheBackends)
|
---|
821 | VDInit();
|
---|
822 |
|
---|
823 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cCacheBackends; i++)
|
---|
824 | {
|
---|
825 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apCacheBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
826 | {
|
---|
827 | pBackend = g_apCacheBackends[i];
|
---|
828 | break;
|
---|
829 | }
|
---|
830 | }
|
---|
831 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
832 | return rc;
|
---|
833 | }
|
---|
834 |
|
---|
835 | /**
|
---|
836 | * internal: find filter backend.
|
---|
837 | */
|
---|
838 | static int vdFindFilterBackend(const char *pszFilter, PCVDFILTERBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
839 | {
|
---|
840 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
841 | PCVDFILTERBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
842 |
|
---|
843 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cFilterBackends; i++)
|
---|
844 | {
|
---|
845 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszFilter, g_apFilterBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
846 | {
|
---|
847 | pBackend = g_apFilterBackends[i];
|
---|
848 | break;
|
---|
849 | }
|
---|
850 | }
|
---|
851 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
852 | return rc;
|
---|
853 | }
|
---|
854 |
|
---|
855 |
|
---|
856 | /**
|
---|
857 | * internal: add image structure to the end of images list.
|
---|
858 | */
|
---|
859 | static void vdAddImageToList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
860 | {
|
---|
861 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
862 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | if (pDisk->pBase)
|
---|
865 | {
|
---|
866 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
867 | pImage->pPrev = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
868 | pDisk->pLast->pNext = pImage;
|
---|
869 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
870 | }
|
---|
871 | else
|
---|
872 | {
|
---|
873 | Assert(pDisk->cImages == 0);
|
---|
874 | pDisk->pBase = pImage;
|
---|
875 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
876 | }
|
---|
877 |
|
---|
878 | pDisk->cImages++;
|
---|
879 | }
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | /**
|
---|
882 | * internal: remove image structure from the images list.
|
---|
883 | */
|
---|
884 | static void vdRemoveImageFromList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
885 | {
|
---|
886 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
887 |
|
---|
888 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
889 | pImage->pPrev->pNext = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
890 | else
|
---|
891 | pDisk->pBase = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
892 |
|
---|
893 | if (pImage->pNext)
|
---|
894 | pImage->pNext->pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
895 | else
|
---|
896 | pDisk->pLast = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
897 |
|
---|
898 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
899 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
900 |
|
---|
901 | pDisk->cImages--;
|
---|
902 | }
|
---|
903 |
|
---|
904 | /**
|
---|
905 | * internal: add filter structure to the end of filter list.
|
---|
906 | */
|
---|
907 | static void vdAddFilterToList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDFILTER pFilter)
|
---|
908 | {
|
---|
909 | pFilter->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
910 | pFilter->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
911 |
|
---|
912 | if (pDisk->pFilterHead)
|
---|
913 | {
|
---|
914 | pFilter->pPrev = pDisk->pFilterTail;
|
---|
915 | pDisk->pFilterTail->pNext = pFilter;
|
---|
916 | pDisk->pFilterTail = pFilter;
|
---|
917 | }
|
---|
918 | else
|
---|
919 | {
|
---|
920 | pDisk->pFilterHead = pFilter;
|
---|
921 | pDisk->pFilterTail = pFilter;
|
---|
922 | }
|
---|
923 | }
|
---|
924 |
|
---|
925 | /**
|
---|
926 | * internal: Remove last filter structure from the filter list.
|
---|
927 | */
|
---|
928 | static void vdRemoveFilterFromList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDFILTER pFilter)
|
---|
929 | {
|
---|
930 | Assert(pDisk->pFilterHead != NULL && pDisk->pFilterTail != NULL);
|
---|
931 |
|
---|
932 | if (pFilter->pPrev)
|
---|
933 | pFilter->pPrev->pNext = pFilter->pNext;
|
---|
934 | else
|
---|
935 | pDisk->pFilterHead = pFilter->pNext;
|
---|
936 |
|
---|
937 | if (pFilter->pNext)
|
---|
938 | pFilter->pNext->pPrev = pFilter->pPrev;
|
---|
939 | else
|
---|
940 | pDisk->pFilterTail = pFilter->pPrev;
|
---|
941 |
|
---|
942 | pFilter->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
943 | pFilter->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
944 | }
|
---|
945 |
|
---|
946 | /**
|
---|
947 | * internal: find image by index into the images list.
|
---|
948 | */
|
---|
949 | static PVDIMAGE vdGetImageByNumber(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
950 | {
|
---|
951 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase;
|
---|
952 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
953 | return pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
954 | while (pImage && nImage)
|
---|
955 | {
|
---|
956 | pImage = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
957 | nImage--;
|
---|
958 | }
|
---|
959 | return pImage;
|
---|
960 | }
|
---|
961 |
|
---|
962 | /**
|
---|
963 | * Applies the filter chain to the given write request.
|
---|
964 | *
|
---|
965 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
966 | * @param pDisk The HDD container.
|
---|
967 | * @param uOffset The start offset of the write.
|
---|
968 | * @param cbWrite Number of bytes to write.
|
---|
969 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context associated with the request.
|
---|
970 | */
|
---|
971 | static int vdFilterChainApplyWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
972 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
973 | {
|
---|
974 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
975 |
|
---|
976 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | if (pDisk->pFilterHead)
|
---|
979 | {
|
---|
980 | PVDFILTER pFilterCurr = pDisk->pFilterHead;
|
---|
981 |
|
---|
982 | do
|
---|
983 | {
|
---|
984 | rc = pFilterCurr->pBackend->pfnFilterWrite(pFilterCurr->pvBackendData, uOffset, cbWrite, pIoCtx);
|
---|
985 | /* Reset S/G buffer for the next filter. */
|
---|
986 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
987 |
|
---|
988 | pFilterCurr = pFilterCurr->pNext;
|
---|
989 | } while ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
990 | && pFilterCurr);
|
---|
991 | }
|
---|
992 |
|
---|
993 | return rc;
|
---|
994 | }
|
---|
995 |
|
---|
996 | /**
|
---|
997 | * Applies the filter chain to the given read request.
|
---|
998 | *
|
---|
999 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1000 | * @param pDisk The HDD container.
|
---|
1001 | * @param uOffset The start offset of the read.
|
---|
1002 | * @param cbRead Number of bytes read.
|
---|
1003 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context associated with the request.
|
---|
1004 | */
|
---|
1005 | static int vdFilterChainApplyRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
1006 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1007 | {
|
---|
1008 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1009 |
|
---|
1010 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
1011 |
|
---|
1012 | if (pDisk->pFilterHead)
|
---|
1013 | {
|
---|
1014 | PVDFILTER pFilterCurr = pDisk->pFilterHead;
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | /* Reset buffer before starting. */
|
---|
1017 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
1018 |
|
---|
1019 | do
|
---|
1020 | {
|
---|
1021 | rc = pFilterCurr->pBackend->pfnFilterRead(pFilterCurr->pvBackendData, uOffset, cbRead, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1022 | /* Reset S/G buffer for the next filter. */
|
---|
1023 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
1024 |
|
---|
1025 | pFilterCurr = pFilterCurr->pNext;
|
---|
1026 | } while ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1027 | && pFilterCurr);
|
---|
1028 | }
|
---|
1029 |
|
---|
1030 | return rc;
|
---|
1031 | }
|
---|
1032 |
|
---|
1033 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxRootComplete(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1034 | {
|
---|
1035 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(pIoCtx->rcReq)
|
---|
1036 | && pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ)
|
---|
1037 | pIoCtx->rcReq = vdFilterChainApplyRead(pDisk, pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffsetXferOrig,
|
---|
1038 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbXferOrig, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1039 |
|
---|
1040 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
1041 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
1042 | pIoCtx->rcReq);
|
---|
1043 | }
|
---|
1044 |
|
---|
1045 | /**
|
---|
1046 | * Initialize the structure members of a given I/O context.
|
---|
1047 | */
|
---|
1048 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxInit(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1049 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer, PVDIMAGE pImageStart,
|
---|
1050 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf, void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1051 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer, uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
1052 | {
|
---|
1053 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
1054 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
1055 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = (uint32_t)cbTransfer; Assert((uint32_t)cbTransfer == cbTransfer);
|
---|
1056 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
1057 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1058 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart = pImageStart;
|
---|
1059 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur = pImageStart;
|
---|
1060 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbBufClear = 0;
|
---|
1061 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageParentOverride = NULL;
|
---|
1062 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffsetXferOrig = uOffset;
|
---|
1063 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbXferOrig = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1064 | pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1065 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1066 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
1067 | pIoCtx->fFlags = fFlags;
|
---|
1068 | pIoCtx->pvAllocation = pvAllocation;
|
---|
1069 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
1070 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1071 | pIoCtx->rcReq = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1072 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
1073 |
|
---|
1074 | /* There is no S/G list for a flush request. */
|
---|
1075 | if ( enmTxDir != VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH
|
---|
1076 | && enmTxDir != VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD)
|
---|
1077 | RTSgBufClone(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pcSgBuf);
|
---|
1078 | else
|
---|
1079 | memset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, 0, sizeof(RTSGBUF));
|
---|
1080 | }
|
---|
1081 |
|
---|
1082 | /**
|
---|
1083 | * Internal: Tries to read the desired range from the given cache.
|
---|
1084 | *
|
---|
1085 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1086 | * @retval VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE if the block is not in the cache.
|
---|
1087 | * pcbRead will be set to the number of bytes not in the cache.
|
---|
1088 | * Everything thereafter might be in the cache.
|
---|
1089 | * @param pCache The cache to read from.
|
---|
1090 | * @param uOffset Offset of the virtual disk to read.
|
---|
1091 | * @param cbRead How much to read.
|
---|
1092 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to read into.
|
---|
1093 | * @param pcbRead Where to store the number of bytes actually read.
|
---|
1094 | * On success this indicates the number of bytes read from the cache.
|
---|
1095 | * If VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE is returned this gives the number of bytes
|
---|
1096 | * which are not in the cache.
|
---|
1097 | * In both cases everything beyond this value
|
---|
1098 | * might or might not be in the cache.
|
---|
1099 | */
|
---|
1100 | static int vdCacheReadHelper(PVDCACHE pCache, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1101 | size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1102 | {
|
---|
1103 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1104 |
|
---|
1105 | LogFlowFunc(("pCache=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%p cbRead=%zu pcbRead=%#p\n",
|
---|
1106 | pCache, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbRead, pcbRead));
|
---|
1107 |
|
---|
1108 | AssertPtr(pCache);
|
---|
1109 | AssertPtr(pcbRead);
|
---|
1110 |
|
---|
1111 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnRead(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, cbRead,
|
---|
1112 | pIoCtx, pcbRead);
|
---|
1113 |
|
---|
1114 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc pcbRead=%zu\n", rc, *pcbRead));
|
---|
1115 | return rc;
|
---|
1116 | }
|
---|
1117 |
|
---|
1118 | /**
|
---|
1119 | * Internal: Writes data for the given block into the cache.
|
---|
1120 | *
|
---|
1121 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1122 | * @param pCache The cache to write to.
|
---|
1123 | * @param uOffset Offset of the virtual disk to write to the cache.
|
---|
1124 | * @param cbWrite How much to write.
|
---|
1125 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to ẃrite from.
|
---|
1126 | * @param pcbWritten How much data could be written, optional.
|
---|
1127 | */
|
---|
1128 | static int vdCacheWriteHelper(PVDCACHE pCache, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
1129 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1130 | {
|
---|
1131 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1132 |
|
---|
1133 | LogFlowFunc(("pCache=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%p cbWrite=%zu pcbWritten=%#p\n",
|
---|
1134 | pCache, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbWrite, pcbWritten));
|
---|
1135 |
|
---|
1136 | AssertPtr(pCache);
|
---|
1137 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1138 | Assert(cbWrite > 0);
|
---|
1139 |
|
---|
1140 | if (pcbWritten)
|
---|
1141 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnWrite(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1142 | pIoCtx, pcbWritten);
|
---|
1143 | else
|
---|
1144 | {
|
---|
1145 | size_t cbWritten = 0;
|
---|
1146 |
|
---|
1147 | do
|
---|
1148 | {
|
---|
1149 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnWrite(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1150 | pIoCtx, &cbWritten);
|
---|
1151 | uOffset += cbWritten;
|
---|
1152 | cbWrite -= cbWritten;
|
---|
1153 | } while ( cbWrite
|
---|
1154 | && ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1155 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS));
|
---|
1156 | }
|
---|
1157 |
|
---|
1158 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc pcbWritten=%zu\n",
|
---|
1159 | rc, pcbWritten ? *pcbWritten : cbWrite));
|
---|
1160 | return rc;
|
---|
1161 | }
|
---|
1162 |
|
---|
1163 | /**
|
---|
1164 | * Creates a new empty discard state.
|
---|
1165 | *
|
---|
1166 | * @returns Pointer to the new discard state or NULL if out of memory.
|
---|
1167 | */
|
---|
1168 | static PVDDISCARDSTATE vdDiscardStateCreate(void)
|
---|
1169 | {
|
---|
1170 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = (PVDDISCARDSTATE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDDISCARDSTATE));
|
---|
1171 |
|
---|
1172 | if (pDiscard)
|
---|
1173 | {
|
---|
1174 | RTListInit(&pDiscard->ListLru);
|
---|
1175 | pDiscard->pTreeBlocks = (PAVLRU64TREE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(AVLRU64TREE));
|
---|
1176 | if (!pDiscard->pTreeBlocks)
|
---|
1177 | {
|
---|
1178 | RTMemFree(pDiscard);
|
---|
1179 | pDiscard = NULL;
|
---|
1180 | }
|
---|
1181 | }
|
---|
1182 |
|
---|
1183 | return pDiscard;
|
---|
1184 | }
|
---|
1185 |
|
---|
1186 | /**
|
---|
1187 | * Removes the least recently used blocks from the waiting list until
|
---|
1188 | * the new value is reached.
|
---|
1189 | *
|
---|
1190 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1191 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
1192 | * @param pDiscard The discard state.
|
---|
1193 | * @param cbDiscardingNew How many bytes should be waiting on success.
|
---|
1194 | * The number of bytes waiting can be less.
|
---|
1195 | */
|
---|
1196 | static int vdDiscardRemoveBlocks(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard, size_t cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
1197 | {
|
---|
1198 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1199 |
|
---|
1200 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pDiscard=%#p cbDiscardingNew=%zu\n",
|
---|
1201 | pDisk, pDiscard, cbDiscardingNew));
|
---|
1202 |
|
---|
1203 | while (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
1204 | {
|
---|
1205 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = RTListGetLast(&pDiscard->ListLru, VDDISCARDBLOCK, NodeLru);
|
---|
1206 |
|
---|
1207 | Assert(!RTListIsEmpty(&pDiscard->ListLru));
|
---|
1208 |
|
---|
1209 | /* Go over the allocation bitmap and mark all discarded sectors as unused. */
|
---|
1210 | uint64_t offStart = pBlock->Core.Key;
|
---|
1211 | uint32_t idxStart = 0;
|
---|
1212 | size_t cbLeft = pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1213 | bool fAllocated = ASMBitTest(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart);
|
---|
1214 | uint32_t cSectors = (uint32_t)(pBlock->cbDiscard / 512);
|
---|
1215 |
|
---|
1216 | while (cbLeft > 0)
|
---|
1217 | {
|
---|
1218 | int32_t idxEnd;
|
---|
1219 | size_t cbThis = cbLeft;
|
---|
1220 |
|
---|
1221 | if (fAllocated)
|
---|
1222 | {
|
---|
1223 | /* Check for the first unallocated bit. */
|
---|
1224 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextClear(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
1225 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
1226 | {
|
---|
1227 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
1228 | fAllocated = false;
|
---|
1229 | }
|
---|
1230 | }
|
---|
1231 | else
|
---|
1232 | {
|
---|
1233 | /* Mark as unused and check for the first set bit. */
|
---|
1234 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextSet(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
1235 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
1236 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 |
|
---|
1239 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
1240 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
1241 | NULL, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
1242 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
1243 | &IoCtx, offStart, cbThis, NULL,
|
---|
1244 | NULL, &cbThis, NULL,
|
---|
1245 | VD_DISCARD_MARK_UNUSED);
|
---|
1246 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1247 | break;
|
---|
1248 |
|
---|
1249 | fAllocated = true;
|
---|
1250 | }
|
---|
1251 |
|
---|
1252 | idxStart = idxEnd;
|
---|
1253 | offStart += cbThis;
|
---|
1254 | cbLeft -= cbThis;
|
---|
1255 | }
|
---|
1256 |
|
---|
1257 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1258 | break;
|
---|
1259 |
|
---|
1260 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
1261 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
1262 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1263 |
|
---|
1264 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1265 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
1266 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
1267 | }
|
---|
1268 |
|
---|
1269 | Assert(RT_FAILURE(rc) || pDiscard->cbDiscarding <= cbDiscardingNew);
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1272 | return rc;
|
---|
1273 | }
|
---|
1274 |
|
---|
1275 | /**
|
---|
1276 | * Destroys the current discard state, writing any waiting blocks to the image.
|
---|
1277 | *
|
---|
1278 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1279 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
1280 | */
|
---|
1281 | static int vdDiscardStateDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
1282 | {
|
---|
1283 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1284 |
|
---|
1285 | if (pDisk->pDiscard)
|
---|
1286 | {
|
---|
1287 | rc = vdDiscardRemoveBlocks(pDisk, pDisk->pDiscard, 0 /* Remove all blocks. */);
|
---|
1288 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1289 | RTMemFree(pDisk->pDiscard->pTreeBlocks);
|
---|
1290 | RTMemFree(pDisk->pDiscard);
|
---|
1291 | pDisk->pDiscard = NULL;
|
---|
1292 | }
|
---|
1293 |
|
---|
1294 | return rc;
|
---|
1295 | }
|
---|
1296 |
|
---|
1297 | /**
|
---|
1298 | * Marks the given range as allocated in the image.
|
---|
1299 | * Required if there are discards in progress and a write to a block which can get discarded
|
---|
1300 | * is written to.
|
---|
1301 | *
|
---|
1302 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1303 | * @param pDisk VD container data.
|
---|
1304 | * @param uOffset First byte to mark as allocated.
|
---|
1305 | * @param cbRange Number of bytes to mark as allocated.
|
---|
1306 | */
|
---|
1307 | static int vdDiscardSetRangeAllocated(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRange)
|
---|
1308 | {
|
---|
1309 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
1310 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1311 |
|
---|
1312 | if (pDiscard)
|
---|
1313 | {
|
---|
1314 | do
|
---|
1315 | {
|
---|
1316 | size_t cbThisRange = cbRange;
|
---|
1317 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeGet(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, uOffset);
|
---|
1318 |
|
---|
1319 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
1320 | {
|
---|
1321 | int32_t idxStart, idxEnd;
|
---|
1322 |
|
---|
1323 | Assert(!(cbThisRange % 512));
|
---|
1324 | Assert(!((uOffset - pBlock->Core.Key) % 512));
|
---|
1325 |
|
---|
1326 | cbThisRange = RT_MIN(cbThisRange, pBlock->Core.KeyLast - uOffset + 1);
|
---|
1327 |
|
---|
1328 | idxStart = (uOffset - pBlock->Core.Key) / 512;
|
---|
1329 | idxEnd = idxStart + (int32_t)(cbThisRange / 512);
|
---|
1330 | ASMBitSetRange(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart, idxEnd);
|
---|
1331 | }
|
---|
1332 | else
|
---|
1333 | {
|
---|
1334 | pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, uOffset, true);
|
---|
1335 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
1336 | cbThisRange = RT_MIN(cbThisRange, pBlock->Core.Key - uOffset);
|
---|
1337 | }
|
---|
1338 |
|
---|
1339 | Assert(cbRange >= cbThisRange);
|
---|
1340 |
|
---|
1341 | uOffset += cbThisRange;
|
---|
1342 | cbRange -= cbThisRange;
|
---|
1343 | } while (cbRange != 0);
|
---|
1344 | }
|
---|
1345 |
|
---|
1346 | return rc;
|
---|
1347 | }
|
---|
1348 |
|
---|
1349 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1350 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1351 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart,PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
1352 | void *pvAllocation, PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer,
|
---|
1353 | uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
1354 | {
|
---|
1355 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
1356 |
|
---|
1357 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
1358 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1359 | {
|
---|
1360 | vdIoCtxInit(pIoCtx, pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer, pImageStart,
|
---|
1361 | pcSgBuf, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer, fFlags);
|
---|
1362 | }
|
---|
1363 |
|
---|
1364 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1365 | }
|
---|
1366 |
|
---|
1367 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxRootAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1368 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1369 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart, PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
1370 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
1371 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2,
|
---|
1372 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1373 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer,
|
---|
1374 | uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
1375 | {
|
---|
1376 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer, pImageStart,
|
---|
1377 | pcSgBuf, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer, fFlags);
|
---|
1378 |
|
---|
1379 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1380 | {
|
---|
1381 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
1382 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1383 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
1384 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
1385 | }
|
---|
1386 |
|
---|
1387 | LogFlow(("Allocated root I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1388 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1389 | }
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxDiscardInit(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges,
|
---|
1392 | unsigned cRanges, PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
1393 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2, void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1394 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer, uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
1395 | {
|
---|
1396 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
1397 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
1398 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD;
|
---|
1399 | pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1400 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1401 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
1402 | pIoCtx->fFlags = fFlags;
|
---|
1403 | pIoCtx->pvAllocation = pvAllocation;
|
---|
1404 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
1405 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1406 | pIoCtx->rcReq = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1407 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.paRanges = paRanges;
|
---|
1408 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cRanges = cRanges;
|
---|
1409 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange = 0;
|
---|
1410 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft = 0;
|
---|
1411 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur = 0;
|
---|
1412 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = 0;
|
---|
1413 |
|
---|
1414 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
1415 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1416 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
1417 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
1418 | }
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxDiscardAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges,
|
---|
1421 | unsigned cRanges,
|
---|
1422 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
1423 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2,
|
---|
1424 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1425 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer,
|
---|
1426 | uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
1427 | {
|
---|
1428 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
1431 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1432 | {
|
---|
1433 | vdIoCtxDiscardInit(pIoCtx, pDisk, paRanges, cRanges, pfnComplete, pvUser1,
|
---|
1434 | pvUser2, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer, fFlags);
|
---|
1435 | }
|
---|
1436 |
|
---|
1437 | LogFlow(("Allocated discard I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1438 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1439 | }
|
---|
1440 |
|
---|
1441 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxChildAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1442 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1443 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart, PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
1444 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent, size_t cbTransferParent,
|
---|
1445 | size_t cbWriteParent, void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1446 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1447 | {
|
---|
1448 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer, pImageStart,
|
---|
1449 | pcSgBuf, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer, pIoCtxParent->fFlags & ~VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE);
|
---|
1450 |
|
---|
1451 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1452 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1453 |
|
---|
1454 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1455 | {
|
---|
1456 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
1457 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved = uOffset;
|
---|
1458 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1459 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent = cbTransferParent;
|
---|
1460 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbWriteParent = cbWriteParent;
|
---|
1461 | }
|
---|
1462 |
|
---|
1463 | LogFlow(("Allocated child I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1464 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1465 | }
|
---|
1466 |
|
---|
1467 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskUserAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint32_t cbTransfer)
|
---|
1468 | {
|
---|
1469 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
1470 |
|
---|
1471 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
1472 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
1473 | {
|
---|
1474 | pIoTask->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1475 | pIoTask->pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1476 | pIoTask->pvUser = pvUser;
|
---|
1477 | pIoTask->fMeta = false;
|
---|
1478 | pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1479 | pIoTask->Type.User.pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
1480 | }
|
---|
1481 |
|
---|
1482 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
1483 | }
|
---|
1484 |
|
---|
1485 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser, PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer)
|
---|
1486 | {
|
---|
1487 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
1488 |
|
---|
1489 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
1490 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
1491 | {
|
---|
1492 | pIoTask->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1493 | pIoTask->pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1494 | pIoTask->pvUser = pvUser;
|
---|
1495 | pIoTask->fMeta = true;
|
---|
1496 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pMetaXfer = pMetaXfer;
|
---|
1497 | }
|
---|
1498 |
|
---|
1499 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
1500 | }
|
---|
1501 |
|
---|
1502 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1503 | {
|
---|
1504 | Log(("Freeing I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1505 |
|
---|
1506 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE))
|
---|
1507 | {
|
---|
1508 | if (pIoCtx->pvAllocation)
|
---|
1509 | RTMemFree(pIoCtx->pvAllocation);
|
---|
1510 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
1511 | memset(&pIoCtx->pDisk, 0xff, sizeof(void *));
|
---|
1512 | #endif
|
---|
1513 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1514 | }
|
---|
1515 | }
|
---|
1516 |
|
---|
1517 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoTaskFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOTASK pIoTask)
|
---|
1518 | {
|
---|
1519 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
1520 | memset(pIoTask, 0xff, sizeof(VDIOTASK));
|
---|
1521 | #endif
|
---|
1522 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, pIoTask);
|
---|
1523 | }
|
---|
1524 |
|
---|
1525 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxChildReset(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1526 | {
|
---|
1527 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1528 |
|
---|
1529 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
1530 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
1531 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = (uint32_t)pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
1532 | Assert((uint32_t)pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved == pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved);
|
---|
1533 | }
|
---|
1534 |
|
---|
1535 | DECLINLINE(PVDMETAXFER) vdMetaXferAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cb)
|
---|
1536 | {
|
---|
1537 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTMemAlloc(RT_OFFSETOF(VDMETAXFER, abData[cb]));
|
---|
1538 |
|
---|
1539 | if (RT_LIKELY(pMetaXfer))
|
---|
1540 | {
|
---|
1541 | pMetaXfer->Core.Key = uOffset;
|
---|
1542 | pMetaXfer->Core.KeyLast = uOffset + cb - 1;
|
---|
1543 | pMetaXfer->fFlags = VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE;
|
---|
1544 | pMetaXfer->cbMeta = cb;
|
---|
1545 | pMetaXfer->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1546 | pMetaXfer->cRefs = 0;
|
---|
1547 | RTListInit(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
1548 | }
|
---|
1549 | return pMetaXfer;
|
---|
1550 | }
|
---|
1551 |
|
---|
1552 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxAddToWaitingList(volatile PVDIOCTX *ppList, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1553 | {
|
---|
1554 | /* Put it on the waiting list. */
|
---|
1555 | PVDIOCTX pNext = ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(ppList, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1556 | PVDIOCTX pHeadOld;
|
---|
1557 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = pNext;
|
---|
1558 | while (!ASMAtomicCmpXchgExPtr(ppList, pIoCtx, pNext, &pHeadOld))
|
---|
1559 | {
|
---|
1560 | pNext = pHeadOld;
|
---|
1561 | Assert(pNext != pIoCtx);
|
---|
1562 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = pNext;
|
---|
1563 | ASMNopPause();
|
---|
1564 | }
|
---|
1565 | }
|
---|
1566 |
|
---|
1567 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxDefer(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1568 | {
|
---|
1569 | LogFlowFunc(("Deferring I/O context pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1570 |
|
---|
1571 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED));
|
---|
1572 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
1573 | vdIoCtxAddToWaitingList(&pDisk->pIoCtxBlockedHead, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1574 | }
|
---|
1575 |
|
---|
1576 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopy(PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1577 | {
|
---|
1578 | return RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtxDst->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtxSrc->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
1579 | }
|
---|
1580 |
|
---|
1581 | static int vdIoCtxCmp(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx1, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx2, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1582 | {
|
---|
1583 | return RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx1->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtx2->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
1584 | }
|
---|
1585 |
|
---|
1586 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyTo(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, const uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1587 | {
|
---|
1588 | return RTSgBufCopyFromBuf(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
1589 | }
|
---|
1590 |
|
---|
1591 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyFrom(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1592 | {
|
---|
1593 | return RTSgBufCopyToBuf(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
1594 | }
|
---|
1595 |
|
---|
1596 | static size_t vdIoCtxSet(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t ch, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1597 | {
|
---|
1598 | return RTSgBufSet(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, ch, cbData);
|
---|
1599 | }
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | /**
|
---|
1602 | * Process the I/O context, core method which assumes that the I/O context
|
---|
1603 | * acquired the lock.
|
---|
1604 | *
|
---|
1605 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1606 | * @param pIoCtx I/O context to process.
|
---|
1607 | */
|
---|
1608 | static int vdIoCtxProcessLocked(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1609 | {
|
---|
1610 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1611 |
|
---|
1612 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pIoCtx->pDisk);
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | if ( !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1617 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending
|
---|
1618 | && !pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1619 | {
|
---|
1620 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1621 | goto out;
|
---|
1622 | }
|
---|
1623 |
|
---|
1624 | /*
|
---|
1625 | * We complete the I/O context in case of an error
|
---|
1626 | * if there is no I/O task pending.
|
---|
1627 | */
|
---|
1628 | if ( RT_FAILURE(pIoCtx->rcReq)
|
---|
1629 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1630 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
1631 | {
|
---|
1632 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1633 | goto out;
|
---|
1634 | }
|
---|
1635 |
|
---|
1636 | /* Don't change anything if there is a metadata transfer pending or we are blocked. */
|
---|
1637 | if ( pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1638 | || (pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED))
|
---|
1639 | {
|
---|
1640 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1641 | goto out;
|
---|
1642 | }
|
---|
1643 |
|
---|
1644 | if (pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1645 | {
|
---|
1646 | /* Call the transfer function advancing to the next while there is no error. */
|
---|
1647 | while ( pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer
|
---|
1648 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1649 | && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1650 | {
|
---|
1651 | LogFlowFunc(("calling transfer function %#p\n", pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer));
|
---|
1652 | rc = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1653 |
|
---|
1654 | /* Advance to the next part of the transfer if the current one succeeded. */
|
---|
1655 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1656 | {
|
---|
1657 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
1658 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1659 | }
|
---|
1660 | }
|
---|
1661 | }
|
---|
1662 |
|
---|
1663 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1664 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1665 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending
|
---|
1666 | && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED))
|
---|
1667 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1668 | else if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1669 | || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
1670 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
1671 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1672 | else if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
1673 | && (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
1674 | {
|
---|
1675 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtx->rcReq, rc, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
1676 |
|
---|
1677 | /*
|
---|
1678 | * The I/O context completed if we have an error and there is no data
|
---|
1679 | * or meta data transfer pending.
|
---|
1680 | */
|
---|
1681 | if ( !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1682 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
1683 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1684 | else
|
---|
1685 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1686 | }
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | out:
|
---|
1689 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p rc=%Rrc cDataTransfersPending=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1690 | pIoCtx, rc, pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
1691 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | return rc;
|
---|
1694 | }
|
---|
1695 |
|
---|
1696 | /**
|
---|
1697 | * Processes the list of waiting I/O contexts.
|
---|
1698 | *
|
---|
1699 | * @returns VBox status code, only valid if pIoCtxRc is not NULL, treat as void
|
---|
1700 | * function otherwise.
|
---|
1701 | * @param pDisk The disk structure.
|
---|
1702 | * @param pIoCtxRc An I/O context handle which waits on the list. When processed
|
---|
1703 | * The status code is returned. NULL if there is no I/O context
|
---|
1704 | * to return the status code for.
|
---|
1705 | */
|
---|
1706 | static int vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1707 | {
|
---|
1708 | int rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1709 |
|
---|
1710 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtxRc=%#p\n", pDisk, pIoCtxRc));
|
---|
1711 |
|
---|
1712 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
1713 |
|
---|
1714 | /* Get the waiting list and process it in FIFO order. */
|
---|
1715 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead = ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, NULL, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1716 |
|
---|
1717 | /* Reverse it. */
|
---|
1718 | PVDIOCTX pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1719 | pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
1720 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1721 | {
|
---|
1722 | PVDIOCTX pInsert = pCur;
|
---|
1723 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1724 | pInsert->pIoCtxNext = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1725 | pIoCtxHead = pInsert;
|
---|
1726 | }
|
---|
1727 |
|
---|
1728 | /* Process now. */
|
---|
1729 | pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1730 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1731 | {
|
---|
1732 | int rcTmp;
|
---|
1733 | PVDIOCTX pTmp = pCur;
|
---|
1734 |
|
---|
1735 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1736 | pTmp->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
1737 |
|
---|
1738 | /*
|
---|
1739 | * Need to clear the sync flag here if there is a new I/O context
|
---|
1740 | * with it set and the context is not given in pIoCtxRc.
|
---|
1741 | * This happens most likely on a different thread and that one shouldn't
|
---|
1742 | * process the context synchronously.
|
---|
1743 | *
|
---|
1744 | * The thread who issued the context will wait on the event semaphore
|
---|
1745 | * anyway which is signalled when the completion handler is called.
|
---|
1746 | */
|
---|
1747 | if ( pTmp->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC
|
---|
1748 | && pTmp != pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1749 | pTmp->fFlags &= ~VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC;
|
---|
1750 |
|
---|
1751 | rcTmp = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pTmp);
|
---|
1752 | if (pTmp == pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1753 | {
|
---|
1754 | if ( rcTmp == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1755 | && RT_SUCCESS(pTmp->rcReq)
|
---|
1756 | && pTmp->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ)
|
---|
1757 | {
|
---|
1758 | int rc2 = vdFilterChainApplyRead(pDisk, pTmp->Req.Io.uOffsetXferOrig,
|
---|
1759 | pTmp->Req.Io.cbXferOrig, pTmp);
|
---|
1760 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
1761 | rcTmp = rc2;
|
---|
1762 | }
|
---|
1763 |
|
---|
1764 | /* The given I/O context was processed, pass the return code to the caller. */
|
---|
1765 | if ( rcTmp == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1766 | && (pTmp->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
1767 | rc = pTmp->rcReq;
|
---|
1768 | else
|
---|
1769 | rc = rcTmp;
|
---|
1770 | }
|
---|
1771 | else if ( rcTmp == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1772 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pTmp->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1773 | {
|
---|
1774 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pTmp=%#p\n", pTmp));
|
---|
1775 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
1776 | vdIoCtxRootComplete(pDisk, pTmp);
|
---|
1777 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pTmp);
|
---|
1778 | }
|
---|
1779 | }
|
---|
1780 |
|
---|
1781 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1782 | return rc;
|
---|
1783 | }
|
---|
1784 |
|
---|
1785 | /**
|
---|
1786 | * Processes the list of blocked I/O contexts.
|
---|
1787 | *
|
---|
1788 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
1789 | * @param pDisk The disk structure.
|
---|
1790 | */
|
---|
1791 | static void vdDiskProcessBlockedIoCtx(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
1792 | {
|
---|
1793 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
1794 |
|
---|
1795 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
1796 |
|
---|
1797 | /* Get the waiting list and process it in FIFO order. */
|
---|
1798 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead = ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxBlockedHead, NULL, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1799 |
|
---|
1800 | /* Reverse it. */
|
---|
1801 | PVDIOCTX pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1802 | pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
1803 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1804 | {
|
---|
1805 | PVDIOCTX pInsert = pCur;
|
---|
1806 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1807 | pInsert->pIoCtxNext = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1808 | pIoCtxHead = pInsert;
|
---|
1809 | }
|
---|
1810 |
|
---|
1811 | /* Process now. */
|
---|
1812 | pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1813 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1814 | {
|
---|
1815 | int rc;
|
---|
1816 | PVDIOCTX pTmp = pCur;
|
---|
1817 |
|
---|
1818 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1819 | pTmp->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
1820 |
|
---|
1821 | Assert(!pTmp->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1822 | Assert(pTmp->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED);
|
---|
1823 | pTmp->fFlags &= ~VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
1824 |
|
---|
1825 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pTmp);
|
---|
1826 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1827 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pTmp->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1828 | {
|
---|
1829 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pTmp=%#p\n", pTmp));
|
---|
1830 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
1831 | vdIoCtxRootComplete(pDisk, pTmp);
|
---|
1832 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pTmp);
|
---|
1833 | }
|
---|
1834 | }
|
---|
1835 |
|
---|
1836 | LogFlowFunc(("returns\n"));
|
---|
1837 | }
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | /**
|
---|
1840 | * Processes the I/O context trying to lock the criticial section.
|
---|
1841 | * The context is deferred if the critical section is busy.
|
---|
1842 | *
|
---|
1843 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1844 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to process.
|
---|
1845 | */
|
---|
1846 | static int vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1847 | {
|
---|
1848 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1849 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1850 |
|
---|
1851 | Log(("Defer pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1852 |
|
---|
1853 | /* Put it on the waiting list first. */
|
---|
1854 | vdIoCtxAddToWaitingList(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1855 |
|
---|
1856 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, true, false))
|
---|
1857 | {
|
---|
1858 | /* Leave it again, the context will be processed just before leaving the lock. */
|
---|
1859 | LogFlowFunc(("Successfully acquired the lock\n"));
|
---|
1860 | rc = vdDiskUnlock(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1861 | }
|
---|
1862 | else
|
---|
1863 | {
|
---|
1864 | LogFlowFunc(("Lock is held\n"));
|
---|
1865 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1866 | }
|
---|
1867 |
|
---|
1868 | return rc;
|
---|
1869 | }
|
---|
1870 |
|
---|
1871 | /**
|
---|
1872 | * Process the I/O context in a synchronous manner, waiting
|
---|
1873 | * for it to complete.
|
---|
1874 | *
|
---|
1875 | * @returns VBox status code of the completed request.
|
---|
1876 | * @param pIoCtx The sync I/O context.
|
---|
1877 | * @param hEventComplete Event sempahore to wait on for completion.
|
---|
1878 | */
|
---|
1879 | static int vdIoCtxProcessSync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, RTSEMEVENT hEventComplete)
|
---|
1880 | {
|
---|
1881 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1882 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1883 |
|
---|
1884 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1885 |
|
---|
1886 | AssertMsg(pIoCtx->fFlags & (VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE),
|
---|
1887 | ("I/O context is not marked as synchronous\n"));
|
---|
1888 |
|
---|
1889 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1890 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
1891 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1894 | {
|
---|
1895 | rc = RTSemEventWait(hEventComplete, RT_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
|
---|
1896 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1897 | }
|
---|
1898 |
|
---|
1899 | rc = pIoCtx->rcReq;
|
---|
1900 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | return rc;
|
---|
1903 | }
|
---|
1904 |
|
---|
1905 | DECLINLINE(bool) vdIoCtxIsDiskLockOwner(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1906 | {
|
---|
1907 | return pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner == pIoCtx;
|
---|
1908 | }
|
---|
1909 |
|
---|
1910 | static int vdIoCtxLockDisk(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1911 | {
|
---|
1912 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1913 |
|
---|
1914 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
1915 |
|
---|
1916 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtx=%#p\n", pDisk, pIoCtx));
|
---|
1917 |
|
---|
1918 | if (!ASMAtomicCmpXchgPtr(&pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner, pIoCtx, NIL_VDIOCTX))
|
---|
1919 | {
|
---|
1920 | Assert(pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != pIoCtx); /* No nesting allowed. */
|
---|
1921 | vdIoCtxDefer(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1922 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1923 | }
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | LogFlowFunc(("returns -> %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1926 | return rc;
|
---|
1927 | }
|
---|
1928 |
|
---|
1929 | static void vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, bool fProcessBlockedReqs)
|
---|
1930 | {
|
---|
1931 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtx=%#p fProcessBlockedReqs=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1932 | pDisk, pIoCtx, fProcessBlockedReqs));
|
---|
1933 |
|
---|
1934 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | LogFlow(("Unlocking disk lock owner is %#p\n", pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner));
|
---|
1937 | Assert(pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner == pIoCtx);
|
---|
1938 | ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner, NIL_VDIOCTX, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1939 |
|
---|
1940 | if (fProcessBlockedReqs)
|
---|
1941 | {
|
---|
1942 | /* Process any blocked writes if the current request didn't caused another growing. */
|
---|
1943 | vdDiskProcessBlockedIoCtx(pDisk);
|
---|
1944 | }
|
---|
1945 |
|
---|
1946 | LogFlowFunc(("returns\n"));
|
---|
1947 | }
|
---|
1948 |
|
---|
1949 | /**
|
---|
1950 | * Internal: Reads a given amount of data from the image chain of the disk.
|
---|
1951 | **/
|
---|
1952 | static int vdDiskReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1953 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t *pcbThisRead)
|
---|
1954 | {
|
---|
1955 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1956 | size_t cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
1957 |
|
---|
1958 | AssertPtr(pcbThisRead);
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | *pcbThisRead = 0;
|
---|
1961 |
|
---|
1962 | /*
|
---|
1963 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
1964 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
1965 | */
|
---|
1966 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRead(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
1967 | uOffset, cbThisRead, pIoCtx,
|
---|
1968 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
1969 |
|
---|
1970 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
1971 | {
|
---|
1972 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
1973 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
1974 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
1975 | {
|
---|
1976 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
1977 | uOffset, cbThisRead, pIoCtx,
|
---|
1978 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
1979 | }
|
---|
1980 | }
|
---|
1981 |
|
---|
1982 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
1983 | *pcbThisRead = cbThisRead;
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | return rc;
|
---|
1986 | }
|
---|
1987 |
|
---|
1988 | /**
|
---|
1989 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
1990 | * will give us - async version.
|
---|
1991 | */
|
---|
1992 | static int vdReadHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1993 | {
|
---|
1994 | int rc;
|
---|
1995 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1996 | size_t cbToRead = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer;
|
---|
1997 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset;
|
---|
1998 | PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
1999 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageParentOverride;
|
---|
2000 | unsigned cImagesRead = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cImagesRead;
|
---|
2001 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
2002 |
|
---|
2003 | /*
|
---|
2004 | * Check whether there is a full block write in progress which was not allocated.
|
---|
2005 | * Defer I/O if the range interferes but only if it does not belong to the
|
---|
2006 | * write doing the allocation.
|
---|
2007 | */
|
---|
2008 | if ( pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != NIL_VDIOCTX
|
---|
2009 | && uOffset >= pDisk->uOffsetStartLocked
|
---|
2010 | && uOffset < pDisk->uOffsetEndLocked
|
---|
2011 | && ( !pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent
|
---|
2012 | || pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent != pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner))
|
---|
2013 | {
|
---|
2014 | Log(("Interferring read while allocating a new block => deferring read\n"));
|
---|
2015 | vdIoCtxDefer(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2016 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2017 | }
|
---|
2018 |
|
---|
2019 | /* Loop until all reads started or we have a backend which needs to read metadata. */
|
---|
2020 | do
|
---|
2021 | {
|
---|
2022 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
2023 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
2024 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
2025 | cbThisRead = cbToRead;
|
---|
2026 |
|
---|
2027 | if ( pDisk->pCache
|
---|
2028 | && !pImageParentOverride)
|
---|
2029 | {
|
---|
2030 | rc = vdCacheReadHelper(pDisk->pCache, uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2031 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2032 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2033 | {
|
---|
2034 | rc = vdDiskReadHelper(pDisk, pCurrImage, NULL, uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2035 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2036 |
|
---|
2037 | /* If the read was successful, write the data back into the cache. */
|
---|
2038 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2039 | && pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE)
|
---|
2040 | {
|
---|
2041 | rc = vdCacheWriteHelper(pDisk->pCache, uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2042 | pIoCtx, NULL);
|
---|
2043 | }
|
---|
2044 | }
|
---|
2045 | }
|
---|
2046 | else
|
---|
2047 | {
|
---|
2048 | /*
|
---|
2049 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
2050 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
2051 | */
|
---|
2052 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2053 | uOffset, cbThisRead, pIoCtx,
|
---|
2054 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2055 |
|
---|
2056 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE
|
---|
2057 | && cImagesRead != 1)
|
---|
2058 | {
|
---|
2059 | unsigned cImagesToProcess = cImagesRead;
|
---|
2060 |
|
---|
2061 | pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pCurrImage->pPrev;
|
---|
2062 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageParentOverride = NULL;
|
---|
2063 |
|
---|
2064 | while (pCurrImage && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2065 | {
|
---|
2066 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2067 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2068 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2069 | if (cImagesToProcess == 1)
|
---|
2070 | break;
|
---|
2071 | else if (cImagesToProcess > 0)
|
---|
2072 | cImagesToProcess--;
|
---|
2073 |
|
---|
2074 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2075 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev;
|
---|
2076 | }
|
---|
2077 | }
|
---|
2078 | }
|
---|
2079 |
|
---|
2080 | /* The task state will be updated on success already, don't do it here!. */
|
---|
2081 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2082 | {
|
---|
2083 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
2084 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbThisRead); Assert(cbThisRead == (uint32_t)cbThisRead);
|
---|
2085 |
|
---|
2086 | /* Fill the free space with 0 if we are told to do so
|
---|
2087 | * or a previous read returned valid data. */
|
---|
2088 | if (pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS)
|
---|
2089 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
2090 | else
|
---|
2091 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbBufClear += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2092 |
|
---|
2093 | if (pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS)
|
---|
2094 | rc = VINF_VD_NEW_ZEROED_BLOCK;
|
---|
2095 | else
|
---|
2096 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2097 | }
|
---|
2098 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2099 | {
|
---|
2100 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2101 | cbToRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2102 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
2103 | }
|
---|
2104 | else if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2105 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2106 | {
|
---|
2107 | /* First not free block, fill the space before with 0. */
|
---|
2108 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbBufClear
|
---|
2109 | && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS))
|
---|
2110 | {
|
---|
2111 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
2112 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBuf, &pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2113 | RTSgBufReset(&SgBuf);
|
---|
2114 | RTSgBufSet(&SgBuf, 0, pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbBufClear);
|
---|
2115 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbBufClear = 0;
|
---|
2116 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS;
|
---|
2117 | }
|
---|
2118 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2119 | }
|
---|
2120 |
|
---|
2121 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2122 | break;
|
---|
2123 |
|
---|
2124 | cbToRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2125 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2126 | pCurrImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart; /* Start with the highest image in the chain. */
|
---|
2127 | } while (cbToRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
2128 |
|
---|
2129 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
2130 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2131 | {
|
---|
2132 | /* Save the current state. */
|
---|
2133 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
2134 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbToRead;
|
---|
2135 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur = pCurrImage ? pCurrImage : pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart;
|
---|
2136 | }
|
---|
2137 |
|
---|
2138 | return (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS))
|
---|
2139 | ? VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE
|
---|
2140 | : rc;
|
---|
2141 | }
|
---|
2142 |
|
---|
2143 | /**
|
---|
2144 | * internal: parent image read wrapper for compacting.
|
---|
2145 | */
|
---|
2146 | static int vdParentRead(void *pvUser, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2147 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
2148 | {
|
---|
2149 | PVDPARENTSTATEDESC pParentState = (PVDPARENTSTATEDESC)pvUser;
|
---|
2150 |
|
---|
2151 | /** @todo
|
---|
2152 | * Only used for compaction so far which is not possible to mix with async I/O.
|
---|
2153 | * Needs to be changed if we want to support online compaction of images.
|
---|
2154 | */
|
---|
2155 | bool fLocked = ASMAtomicXchgBool(&pParentState->pDisk->fLocked, true);
|
---|
2156 | AssertMsgReturn(!fLocked,
|
---|
2157 | ("Calling synchronous parent read while another thread holds the disk lock\n"),
|
---|
2158 | VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
2159 |
|
---|
2160 | /* Fake an I/O context. */
|
---|
2161 | RTSGSEG Segment;
|
---|
2162 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
2163 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
2164 |
|
---|
2165 | Segment.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
2166 | Segment.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
2167 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &Segment, 1);
|
---|
2168 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pParentState->pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset, cbRead, pParentState->pImage,
|
---|
2169 | &SgBuf, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS);
|
---|
2170 | int rc = vdReadHelperAsync(&IoCtx);
|
---|
2171 | ASMAtomicXchgBool(&pParentState->pDisk->fLocked, false);
|
---|
2172 | return rc;
|
---|
2173 | }
|
---|
2174 |
|
---|
2175 | /**
|
---|
2176 | * Extended version of vdReadHelper(), implementing certain optimizations
|
---|
2177 | * for image cloning.
|
---|
2178 | *
|
---|
2179 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2180 | * @param pDisk The disk to read from.
|
---|
2181 | * @param pImage The image to start reading from.
|
---|
2182 | * @param pImageParentOverride The parent image to read from
|
---|
2183 | * if the starting image returns a free block.
|
---|
2184 | * If NULL is passed the real parent of the image
|
---|
2185 | * in the chain is used.
|
---|
2186 | * @param uOffset Offset in the disk to start reading from.
|
---|
2187 | * @param pvBuf Where to store the read data.
|
---|
2188 | * @param cbRead How much to read.
|
---|
2189 | * @param fZeroFreeBlocks Flag whether free blocks should be zeroed.
|
---|
2190 | * If false and no image has data for sepcified
|
---|
2191 | * range VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE is returned.
|
---|
2192 | * Note that unallocated blocks are still zeroed
|
---|
2193 | * if at least one image has valid data for a part
|
---|
2194 | * of the range.
|
---|
2195 | * @param fUpdateCache Flag whether to update the attached cache if
|
---|
2196 | * available.
|
---|
2197 | * @param cImagesRead Number of images in the chain to read until
|
---|
2198 | * the read is cut off. A value of 0 disables the cut off.
|
---|
2199 | */
|
---|
2200 | static int vdReadHelperEx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2201 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
2202 | bool fZeroFreeBlocks, bool fUpdateCache, unsigned cImagesRead)
|
---|
2203 | {
|
---|
2204 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2205 | uint32_t fFlags = VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE;
|
---|
2206 | RTSGSEG Segment;
|
---|
2207 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
2208 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
2209 | RTSEMEVENT hEventComplete = NIL_RTSEMEVENT;
|
---|
2210 |
|
---|
2211 | rc = RTSemEventCreate(&hEventComplete);
|
---|
2212 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2213 | return rc;
|
---|
2214 |
|
---|
2215 | if (fZeroFreeBlocks)
|
---|
2216 | fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS;
|
---|
2217 | if (fUpdateCache)
|
---|
2218 | fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE;
|
---|
2219 |
|
---|
2220 | Segment.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
2221 | Segment.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
2222 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &Segment, 1);
|
---|
2223 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset, cbRead, pImage, &SgBuf,
|
---|
2224 | NULL, vdReadHelperAsync, fFlags);
|
---|
2225 |
|
---|
2226 | IoCtx.Req.Io.pImageParentOverride = pImageParentOverride;
|
---|
2227 | IoCtx.Req.Io.cImagesRead = cImagesRead;
|
---|
2228 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pfnComplete = vdIoCtxSyncComplete;
|
---|
2229 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser1 = pDisk;
|
---|
2230 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser2 = hEventComplete;
|
---|
2231 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessSync(&IoCtx, hEventComplete);
|
---|
2232 | RTSemEventDestroy(hEventComplete);
|
---|
2233 | return rc;
|
---|
2234 | }
|
---|
2235 |
|
---|
2236 | /**
|
---|
2237 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
2238 | * will give us.
|
---|
2239 | */
|
---|
2240 | static int vdReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2241 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, bool fUpdateCache)
|
---|
2242 | {
|
---|
2243 | return vdReadHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead,
|
---|
2244 | true /* fZeroFreeBlocks */, fUpdateCache, 0);
|
---|
2245 | }
|
---|
2246 |
|
---|
2247 | /**
|
---|
2248 | * internal: mark the disk as not modified.
|
---|
2249 | */
|
---|
2250 | static void vdResetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2251 | {
|
---|
2252 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG)
|
---|
2253 | {
|
---|
2254 | /* generate new last-modified uuid */
|
---|
2255 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2256 | {
|
---|
2257 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
2258 |
|
---|
2259 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
2260 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
2261 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2262 |
|
---|
2263 | if (pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
2264 | pDisk->pCache->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
2265 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2266 | }
|
---|
2267 |
|
---|
2268 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2269 | }
|
---|
2270 | }
|
---|
2271 |
|
---|
2272 | /**
|
---|
2273 | * internal: mark the disk as modified.
|
---|
2274 | */
|
---|
2275 | static void vdSetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2276 | {
|
---|
2277 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2278 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
2279 | {
|
---|
2280 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2281 |
|
---|
2282 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
2283 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
2284 |
|
---|
2285 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2286 | {
|
---|
2287 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
2288 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
2289 | NULL, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
2290 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, &IoCtx);
|
---|
2291 | }
|
---|
2292 | }
|
---|
2293 | }
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | /**
|
---|
2296 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2297 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
2298 | */
|
---|
2299 | static int vdWriteHelperEx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
2300 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2301 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
2302 | uint32_t fFlags, unsigned cImagesRead)
|
---|
2303 | {
|
---|
2304 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2305 | RTSGSEG Segment;
|
---|
2306 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
2307 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
2308 | RTSEMEVENT hEventComplete = NIL_RTSEMEVENT;
|
---|
2309 |
|
---|
2310 | rc = RTSemEventCreate(&hEventComplete);
|
---|
2311 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2312 | return rc;
|
---|
2313 |
|
---|
2314 | fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE;
|
---|
2315 |
|
---|
2316 | Segment.pvSeg = (void *)pvBuf;
|
---|
2317 | Segment.cbSeg = cbWrite;
|
---|
2318 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &Segment, 1);
|
---|
2319 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE, uOffset, cbWrite, pImage, &SgBuf,
|
---|
2320 | NULL, vdWriteHelperAsync, fFlags);
|
---|
2321 |
|
---|
2322 | IoCtx.Req.Io.pImageParentOverride = pImageParentOverride;
|
---|
2323 | IoCtx.Req.Io.cImagesRead = cImagesRead;
|
---|
2324 | IoCtx.pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
2325 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pfnComplete = vdIoCtxSyncComplete;
|
---|
2326 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser1 = pDisk;
|
---|
2327 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser2 = hEventComplete;
|
---|
2328 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2329 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessSync(&IoCtx, hEventComplete);
|
---|
2330 |
|
---|
2331 | RTSemEventDestroy(hEventComplete);
|
---|
2332 | return rc;
|
---|
2333 | }
|
---|
2334 |
|
---|
2335 | /**
|
---|
2336 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2337 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
2338 | */
|
---|
2339 | static int vdWriteHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2340 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite, uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
2341 | {
|
---|
2342 | return vdWriteHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite,
|
---|
2343 | fFlags, 0);
|
---|
2344 | }
|
---|
2345 |
|
---|
2346 | /**
|
---|
2347 | * Internal: Copies the content of one disk to another one applying optimizations
|
---|
2348 | * to speed up the copy process if possible.
|
---|
2349 | */
|
---|
2350 | static int vdCopyHelper(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, PVDIMAGE pImageFrom, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
2351 | uint64_t cbSize, unsigned cImagesFromRead, unsigned cImagesToRead,
|
---|
2352 | bool fSuppressRedundantIo, PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress,
|
---|
2353 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstIfProgress)
|
---|
2354 | {
|
---|
2355 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2356 | int rc2;
|
---|
2357 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
2358 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
2359 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
2360 | bool fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
2361 | bool fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
2362 | bool fBlockwiseCopy = fSuppressRedundantIo || (cImagesFromRead > 0);
|
---|
2363 | unsigned uProgressOld = 0;
|
---|
2364 |
|
---|
2365 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p pImageFrom=%#p pDiskTo=%#p cbSize=%llu cImagesFromRead=%u cImagesToRead=%u fSuppressRedundantIo=%RTbool pIfProgress=%#p pDstIfProgress=%#p\n",
|
---|
2366 | pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, pDiskTo, cbSize, cImagesFromRead, cImagesToRead, fSuppressRedundantIo, pDstIfProgress, pDstIfProgress));
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
2369 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
2370 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
2371 | return rc;
|
---|
2372 |
|
---|
2373 | do
|
---|
2374 | {
|
---|
2375 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
2376 |
|
---|
2377 | /* Note that we don't attempt to synchronize cross-disk accesses.
|
---|
2378 | * It wouldn't be very difficult to do, just the lock order would
|
---|
2379 | * need to be defined somehow to prevent deadlocks. Postpone such
|
---|
2380 | * magic as there is no use case for this. */
|
---|
2381 |
|
---|
2382 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2383 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2384 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
2385 |
|
---|
2386 | if (fBlockwiseCopy)
|
---|
2387 | {
|
---|
2388 | RTSGSEG SegmentBuf;
|
---|
2389 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
2390 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
2391 |
|
---|
2392 | SegmentBuf.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
2393 | SegmentBuf.cbSeg = VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE;
|
---|
2394 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &SegmentBuf, 1);
|
---|
2395 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDiskFrom, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
2396 | &SgBuf, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
2397 |
|
---|
2398 | /* Read the source data. */
|
---|
2399 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRead(pImageFrom->pBackendData,
|
---|
2400 | uOffset, cbThisRead, &IoCtx,
|
---|
2401 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2402 |
|
---|
2403 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE
|
---|
2404 | && cImagesFromRead != 1)
|
---|
2405 | {
|
---|
2406 | unsigned cImagesToProcess = cImagesFromRead;
|
---|
2407 |
|
---|
2408 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom->pPrev;
|
---|
2409 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
2410 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
2411 | {
|
---|
2412 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2413 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2414 | &IoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2415 | if (cImagesToProcess == 1)
|
---|
2416 | break;
|
---|
2417 | else if (cImagesToProcess > 0)
|
---|
2418 | cImagesToProcess--;
|
---|
2419 | }
|
---|
2420 | }
|
---|
2421 | }
|
---|
2422 | else
|
---|
2423 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2424 | false /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
2425 |
|
---|
2426 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2427 | break;
|
---|
2428 |
|
---|
2429 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2430 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2431 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
2432 |
|
---|
2433 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2434 | {
|
---|
2435 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2436 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2437 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
2438 |
|
---|
2439 | /* Only do collapsed I/O if we are copying the data blockwise. */
|
---|
2440 | rc = vdWriteHelperEx(pDiskTo, pDiskTo->pLast, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
2441 | cbThisRead, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_SET_MODIFIED_FLAG /* fFlags */,
|
---|
2442 | fBlockwiseCopy ? cImagesToRead : 0);
|
---|
2443 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2444 | break;
|
---|
2445 |
|
---|
2446 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2447 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2448 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
2449 | }
|
---|
2450 | else /* Don't propagate the error to the outside */
|
---|
2451 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2452 |
|
---|
2453 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2454 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2455 |
|
---|
2456 | unsigned uProgressNew = uOffset * 99 / cbSize;
|
---|
2457 | if (uProgressNew != uProgressOld)
|
---|
2458 | {
|
---|
2459 | uProgressOld = uProgressNew;
|
---|
2460 |
|
---|
2461 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
2462 | {
|
---|
2463 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
2464 | uProgressOld);
|
---|
2465 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2466 | break;
|
---|
2467 | }
|
---|
2468 | if (pDstIfProgress && pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
2469 | {
|
---|
2470 | rc = pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
2471 | uProgressOld);
|
---|
2472 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2473 | break;
|
---|
2474 | }
|
---|
2475 | }
|
---|
2476 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
2477 |
|
---|
2478 | RTMemFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
2479 |
|
---|
2480 | if (fLockReadFrom)
|
---|
2481 | {
|
---|
2482 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2483 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2484 | }
|
---|
2485 |
|
---|
2486 | if (fLockWriteTo)
|
---|
2487 | {
|
---|
2488 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2489 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2490 | }
|
---|
2491 |
|
---|
2492 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2493 | return rc;
|
---|
2494 | }
|
---|
2495 |
|
---|
2496 | /**
|
---|
2497 | * Flush helper async version.
|
---|
2498 | */
|
---|
2499 | static int vdSetModifiedHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2500 | {
|
---|
2501 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2502 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2503 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2504 |
|
---|
2505 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnFlush(pImage->pBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2506 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2507 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2508 |
|
---|
2509 | return rc;
|
---|
2510 | }
|
---|
2511 |
|
---|
2512 | /**
|
---|
2513 | * internal: mark the disk as modified - async version.
|
---|
2514 | */
|
---|
2515 | static int vdSetModifiedFlagAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2516 | {
|
---|
2517 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2518 |
|
---|
2519 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
2520 |
|
---|
2521 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2522 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
2523 | {
|
---|
2524 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2525 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2526 | {
|
---|
2527 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
2530 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
2531 |
|
---|
2532 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2533 | {
|
---|
2534 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxFlush = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
2535 | 0, 0, pDisk->pLast,
|
---|
2536 | NULL, pIoCtx, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
2537 | vdSetModifiedHelperAsync);
|
---|
2538 |
|
---|
2539 | if (pIoCtxFlush)
|
---|
2540 | {
|
---|
2541 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2542 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
2543 | {
|
---|
2544 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs */);
|
---|
2545 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2546 | }
|
---|
2547 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2548 | {
|
---|
2549 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
2550 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
2551 | }
|
---|
2552 | else /* Another error */
|
---|
2553 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2554 | }
|
---|
2555 | else
|
---|
2556 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2557 | }
|
---|
2558 | }
|
---|
2559 | }
|
---|
2560 |
|
---|
2561 | return rc;
|
---|
2562 | }
|
---|
2563 |
|
---|
2564 | static int vdWriteHelperCommitAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2565 | {
|
---|
2566 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2567 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart;
|
---|
2568 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2569 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2570 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2571 |
|
---|
2572 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2573 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2574 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
2575 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
2576 | pIoCtx, NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
2577 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
2578 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
2579 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
2580 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2581 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2582 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2583 | {
|
---|
2584 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
2585 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2586 | }
|
---|
2587 |
|
---|
2588 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2589 | return rc;
|
---|
2590 | }
|
---|
2591 |
|
---|
2592 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2593 | {
|
---|
2594 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2595 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2596 | size_t cbThisWrite = 0;
|
---|
2597 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2598 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2599 | size_t cbWriteCopy = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2600 | size_t cbFill = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill;
|
---|
2601 | size_t cbReadImage = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage;
|
---|
2602 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
2603 |
|
---|
2604 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2605 |
|
---|
2606 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2607 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2608 | Assert(!pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2611 | cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2612 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
2613 |
|
---|
2614 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
2615 | if (!RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite))
|
---|
2616 | {
|
---|
2617 | RTSGBUF SgBufSrcTmp;
|
---|
2618 |
|
---|
2619 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufSrcTmp, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2620 | RTSgBufAdvance(&SgBufSrcTmp, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2621 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2622 |
|
---|
2623 | if (!cbWriteCopy || !RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &SgBufSrcTmp, cbWriteCopy))
|
---|
2624 | {
|
---|
2625 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
2626 | LogFlowFunc(("Block didn't changed\n"));
|
---|
2627 | ASMAtomicWriteU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, 0);
|
---|
2628 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2629 | return VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
2630 | }
|
---|
2631 | }
|
---|
2632 |
|
---|
2633 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
2634 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2635 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
2636 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtx, pIoCtxParent, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2637 |
|
---|
2638 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2639 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2640 | {
|
---|
2641 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2642 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2643 | {
|
---|
2644 | /*
|
---|
2645 | * The S/G buffer of the parent needs to be cloned because
|
---|
2646 | * it is not allowed to modify the state.
|
---|
2647 | */
|
---|
2648 | RTSGBUF SgBufParentTmp;
|
---|
2649 |
|
---|
2650 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufParentTmp, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2651 | RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &SgBufParentTmp, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2652 | }
|
---|
2653 |
|
---|
2654 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2655 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2656 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2657 | {
|
---|
2658 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbReadImage);
|
---|
2659 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2660 | }
|
---|
2661 | }
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2664 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2665 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperCommitAsync;
|
---|
2666 |
|
---|
2667 | return rc;
|
---|
2668 | }
|
---|
2669 |
|
---|
2670 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2671 | {
|
---|
2672 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2673 |
|
---|
2674 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2675 |
|
---|
2676 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS;
|
---|
2677 |
|
---|
2678 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2679 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
2680 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2681 |
|
---|
2682 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2683 | && ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2684 | || pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending))
|
---|
2685 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2686 | else
|
---|
2687 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync;
|
---|
2688 |
|
---|
2689 | return rc;
|
---|
2690 | }
|
---|
2691 |
|
---|
2692 | /**
|
---|
2693 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
2694 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
2695 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
2696 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this - async version.
|
---|
2697 | */
|
---|
2698 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2699 | {
|
---|
2700 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2701 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
2702 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2703 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2704 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2705 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbWriteParent;
|
---|
2706 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2707 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2708 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2711 |
|
---|
2712 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2713 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2714 |
|
---|
2715 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2716 | {
|
---|
2717 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2718 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2719 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2720 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2721 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2722 |
|
---|
2723 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2724 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2725 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2726 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2727 |
|
---|
2728 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2729 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2730 | }
|
---|
2731 |
|
---|
2732 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill = cbFill;
|
---|
2733 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy = cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2734 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage = cbReadImage;
|
---|
2735 |
|
---|
2736 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
2737 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
2738 | size_t cbTmp = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill; Assert(cbTmp == (uint32_t)cbTmp);
|
---|
2739 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = (uint32_t)cbTmp;
|
---|
2740 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
2741 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset -= cbPreRead;
|
---|
2742 |
|
---|
2743 | /* Next step */
|
---|
2744 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync;
|
---|
2745 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2746 | }
|
---|
2747 |
|
---|
2748 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardReadImageAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2749 | {
|
---|
2750 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2751 |
|
---|
2752 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2753 |
|
---|
2754 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS;
|
---|
2755 |
|
---|
2756 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2757 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
2758 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2759 |
|
---|
2760 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2761 | && ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2762 | || pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending))
|
---|
2763 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2764 | else
|
---|
2765 | {
|
---|
2766 | size_t cbFill = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill;
|
---|
2767 |
|
---|
2768 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2769 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2770 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2771 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2772 |
|
---|
2773 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2774 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2775 |
|
---|
2776 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2777 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperCommitAsync;
|
---|
2778 | }
|
---|
2779 |
|
---|
2780 | return rc;
|
---|
2781 | }
|
---|
2782 |
|
---|
2783 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardAssemble(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2784 | {
|
---|
2785 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2786 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2787 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2788 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
2789 |
|
---|
2790 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtx, pIoCtxParent, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2793 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2794 | {
|
---|
2795 | size_t cbFill = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill;
|
---|
2796 | size_t cbWriteCopy = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2797 | size_t cbReadImage = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage;
|
---|
2798 |
|
---|
2799 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2800 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2801 | {
|
---|
2802 | /*
|
---|
2803 | * The S/G buffer of the parent needs to be cloned because
|
---|
2804 | * it is not allowed to modify the state.
|
---|
2805 | */
|
---|
2806 | RTSGBUF SgBufParentTmp;
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufParentTmp, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2809 | RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &SgBufParentTmp, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2810 | }
|
---|
2811 |
|
---|
2812 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
2813 | {
|
---|
2814 | /* Read remaining data. */
|
---|
2815 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperStandardReadImageAsync;
|
---|
2816 |
|
---|
2817 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2818 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = (uint32_t)cbReadImage; Assert(cbReadImage == (uint32_t)cbReadImage);
|
---|
2819 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
2820 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset += cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2821 | }
|
---|
2822 | else
|
---|
2823 | {
|
---|
2824 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2825 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2826 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2827 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2828 |
|
---|
2829 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2830 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2831 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2832 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperCommitAsync;
|
---|
2833 | }
|
---|
2834 | }
|
---|
2835 | else
|
---|
2836 | {
|
---|
2837 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2838 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2839 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2840 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperCommitAsync;
|
---|
2841 | }
|
---|
2842 |
|
---|
2843 | return rc;
|
---|
2844 | }
|
---|
2845 |
|
---|
2846 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardPreReadAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2847 | {
|
---|
2848 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2849 |
|
---|
2850 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2851 |
|
---|
2852 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS;
|
---|
2853 |
|
---|
2854 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2855 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
2856 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2857 |
|
---|
2858 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2859 | && ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2860 | || pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending))
|
---|
2861 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2862 | else
|
---|
2863 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperStandardAssemble;
|
---|
2864 |
|
---|
2865 | return rc;
|
---|
2866 | }
|
---|
2867 |
|
---|
2868 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2869 | {
|
---|
2870 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2871 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
2872 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2873 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2874 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2875 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbWriteParent;
|
---|
2876 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2877 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2878 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
2879 |
|
---|
2880 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2881 |
|
---|
2882 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2883 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | /* Calculate the amount of data to read that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2886 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2887 | {
|
---|
2888 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2889 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2890 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2891 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2892 | else
|
---|
2893 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2894 |
|
---|
2895 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2896 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2897 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2898 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2899 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2900 |
|
---|
2901 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2902 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2903 | }
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill = cbFill;
|
---|
2906 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy = cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2907 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage = cbReadImage;
|
---|
2908 |
|
---|
2909 | /* Next step */
|
---|
2910 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
2911 | {
|
---|
2912 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperStandardPreReadAsync;
|
---|
2913 |
|
---|
2914 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2915 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = (uint32_t)cbPreRead; Assert(cbPreRead == (uint32_t)cbPreRead);
|
---|
2916 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
2917 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset -= cbPreRead;
|
---|
2918 | }
|
---|
2919 | else
|
---|
2920 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperStandardAssemble;
|
---|
2921 |
|
---|
2922 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2923 | }
|
---|
2924 |
|
---|
2925 | /**
|
---|
2926 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2927 | * write optimizations - async version.
|
---|
2928 | */
|
---|
2929 | static int vdWriteHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2930 | {
|
---|
2931 | int rc;
|
---|
2932 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer;
|
---|
2933 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset;
|
---|
2934 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2935 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2936 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
2937 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2938 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
2939 |
|
---|
2940 | /* Apply write filter chain here if it was not done already. */
|
---|
2941 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_WRITE_FILTER_APPLIED))
|
---|
2942 | {
|
---|
2943 | rc = vdFilterChainApplyWrite(pDisk, uOffset, cbWrite, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2944 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2945 | return rc;
|
---|
2946 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_WRITE_FILTER_APPLIED;
|
---|
2947 | }
|
---|
2948 |
|
---|
2949 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_SET_MODIFIED_FLAG))
|
---|
2950 | {
|
---|
2951 | rc = vdSetModifiedFlagAsync(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2952 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc)) /* Includes I/O in progress. */
|
---|
2953 | return rc;
|
---|
2954 | }
|
---|
2955 |
|
---|
2956 | rc = vdDiscardSetRangeAllocated(pDisk, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
2957 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2958 | return rc;
|
---|
2959 |
|
---|
2960 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
2961 | do
|
---|
2962 | {
|
---|
2963 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
2964 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
2965 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
2966 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
2967 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
2968 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
2969 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
2970 |
|
---|
2971 | /*
|
---|
2972 | * Check whether there is a full block write in progress which was not allocated.
|
---|
2973 | * Defer I/O if the range interferes.
|
---|
2974 | */
|
---|
2975 | if ( pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != NIL_VDIOCTX
|
---|
2976 | && uOffset >= pDisk->uOffsetStartLocked
|
---|
2977 | && uOffset < pDisk->uOffsetEndLocked)
|
---|
2978 | {
|
---|
2979 | Log(("Interferring write while allocating a new block => deferring write\n"));
|
---|
2980 | vdIoCtxDefer(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2981 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2982 | break;
|
---|
2983 | }
|
---|
2984 |
|
---|
2985 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2986 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
2987 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pBackendData, uOffset, cbThisWrite,
|
---|
2988 | pIoCtx, &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead,
|
---|
2989 | fWrite);
|
---|
2990 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2991 | {
|
---|
2992 | /* Lock the disk .*/
|
---|
2993 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2994 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2995 | {
|
---|
2996 | /*
|
---|
2997 | * Allocate segment and buffer in one go.
|
---|
2998 | * A bit hackish but avoids the need to allocate memory twice.
|
---|
2999 | */
|
---|
3000 | PRTSGBUF pTmp = (PRTSGBUF)RTMemAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead + sizeof(RTSGSEG) + sizeof(RTSGBUF));
|
---|
3001 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
3002 | PRTSGSEG pSeg = (PRTSGSEG)(pTmp + 1);
|
---|
3003 |
|
---|
3004 | pSeg->pvSeg = pSeg + 1;
|
---|
3005 | pSeg->cbSeg = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead;
|
---|
3006 | RTSgBufInit(pTmp, pSeg, 1);
|
---|
3007 |
|
---|
3008 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWrite = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
3009 | uOffset, pSeg->cbSeg, pImage,
|
---|
3010 | pTmp,
|
---|
3011 | pIoCtx, cbThisWrite,
|
---|
3012 | cbWrite,
|
---|
3013 | pTmp,
|
---|
3014 | (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
3015 | ? vdWriteHelperStandardAsync
|
---|
3016 | : vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync);
|
---|
3017 | if (!VALID_PTR(pIoCtxWrite))
|
---|
3018 | {
|
---|
3019 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
3020 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3021 | break;
|
---|
3022 | }
|
---|
3023 |
|
---|
3024 | LogFlowFunc(("Disk is growing because of pIoCtx=%#p pIoCtxWrite=%#p\n",
|
---|
3025 | pIoCtx, pIoCtxWrite));
|
---|
3026 |
|
---|
3027 | /* Save the current range for the growing operation to check for intersecting requests later. */
|
---|
3028 | pDisk->uOffsetStartLocked = uOffset - cbPreRead;
|
---|
3029 | pDisk->uOffsetEndLocked = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead;
|
---|
3030 |
|
---|
3031 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPreRead = cbPreRead;
|
---|
3032 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPostRead = cbPostRead;
|
---|
3033 | pIoCtxWrite->Req.Io.pImageParentOverride = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageParentOverride;
|
---|
3034 |
|
---|
3035 | /* Process the write request */
|
---|
3036 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
3037 |
|
---|
3038 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
3039 | {
|
---|
3040 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
3041 | break;
|
---|
3042 | }
|
---|
3043 | else if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3044 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWrite->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3045 | {
|
---|
3046 | LogFlow(("Child write request completed\n"));
|
---|
3047 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbThisWrite);
|
---|
3048 | Assert(cbThisWrite == (uint32_t)cbThisWrite);
|
---|
3049 | rc = pIoCtxWrite->rcReq;
|
---|
3050 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbThisWrite);
|
---|
3051 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs*/ );
|
---|
3052 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
3053 | }
|
---|
3054 | else
|
---|
3055 | {
|
---|
3056 | LogFlow(("Child write pending\n"));
|
---|
3057 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
3058 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
3059 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
3060 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3061 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3062 | break;
|
---|
3063 | }
|
---|
3064 | }
|
---|
3065 | else
|
---|
3066 | {
|
---|
3067 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
3068 | break;
|
---|
3069 | }
|
---|
3070 | }
|
---|
3071 |
|
---|
3072 | if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
3073 | {
|
---|
3074 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3075 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3076 | pIoCtx->fFlags |= VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
3077 | break;
|
---|
3078 | }
|
---|
3079 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA)
|
---|
3080 | break;
|
---|
3081 |
|
---|
3082 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3083 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
3084 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS));
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
3087 | || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
3088 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
3089 | {
|
---|
3090 | /*
|
---|
3091 | * Tell the caller that we don't need to go back here because all
|
---|
3092 | * writes are initiated.
|
---|
3093 | */
|
---|
3094 | if ( !cbWrite
|
---|
3095 | && rc != VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
3096 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
3099 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbWrite;
|
---|
3100 | }
|
---|
3101 |
|
---|
3102 | return rc;
|
---|
3103 | }
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | /**
|
---|
3106 | * Flush helper async version.
|
---|
3107 | */
|
---|
3108 | static int vdFlushHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3109 | {
|
---|
3110 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3111 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3112 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
3113 |
|
---|
3114 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3115 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3116 | {
|
---|
3117 | /* Mark the whole disk as locked. */
|
---|
3118 | pDisk->uOffsetStartLocked = 0;
|
---|
3119 | pDisk->uOffsetEndLocked = UINT64_C(0xffffffffffffffff);
|
---|
3120 |
|
---|
3121 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
3122 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnFlush(pImage->pBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3123 | if ( ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3124 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
3125 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
3126 | && pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
3127 | {
|
---|
3128 | rc = pDisk->pCache->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pCache->pBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3129 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3130 | || ( rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
3131 | && rc != VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT))
|
---|
3132 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessBlockedReqs */);
|
---|
3133 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
3134 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3135 | }
|
---|
3136 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3137 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3138 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)/* Some other error. */
|
---|
3139 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessBlockedReqs */);
|
---|
3140 | }
|
---|
3141 |
|
---|
3142 | return rc;
|
---|
3143 | }
|
---|
3144 |
|
---|
3145 | /**
|
---|
3146 | * Async discard helper - discards a whole block which is recorded in the block
|
---|
3147 | * tree.
|
---|
3148 | *
|
---|
3149 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3150 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3151 | */
|
---|
3152 | static int vdDiscardWholeBlockAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3153 | {
|
---|
3154 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3155 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3156 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3157 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock;
|
---|
3158 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated, cbActuallyDiscarded;
|
---|
3159 |
|
---|
3160 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3161 |
|
---|
3162 | AssertPtr(pBlock);
|
---|
3163 |
|
---|
3164 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3165 | pBlock->Core.Key, pBlock->cbDiscard,
|
---|
3166 | &cbPreAllocated, &cbPostAllocated,
|
---|
3167 | &cbActuallyDiscarded, NULL, 0);
|
---|
3168 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET);
|
---|
3169 | Assert(!cbPreAllocated);
|
---|
3170 | Assert(!cbPostAllocated);
|
---|
3171 | Assert(cbActuallyDiscarded == pBlock->cbDiscard || RT_FAILURE(rc));
|
---|
3172 |
|
---|
3173 | /* Remove the block on success. */
|
---|
3174 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3175 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3176 | {
|
---|
3177 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
3178 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
3179 |
|
---|
3180 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3181 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3182 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3183 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
3184 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = NULL;/* Safety precaution. */
|
---|
3185 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync; /* Next part. */
|
---|
3186 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3187 | }
|
---|
3188 |
|
---|
3189 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3190 | return rc;
|
---|
3191 | }
|
---|
3192 |
|
---|
3193 | /**
|
---|
3194 | * Removes the least recently used blocks from the waiting list until
|
---|
3195 | * the new value is reached - version for async I/O.
|
---|
3196 | *
|
---|
3197 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3198 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
3199 | * @param pDiscard The discard state.
|
---|
3200 | * @param cbDiscardingNew How many bytes should be waiting on success.
|
---|
3201 | * The number of bytes waiting can be less.
|
---|
3202 | */
|
---|
3203 | static int vdDiscardRemoveBlocksAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
3204 | {
|
---|
3205 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3206 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3207 |
|
---|
3208 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pDiscard=%#p cbDiscardingNew=%zu\n",
|
---|
3209 | pDisk, pDiscard, cbDiscardingNew));
|
---|
3210 |
|
---|
3211 | while (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
3212 | {
|
---|
3213 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = RTListGetLast(&pDiscard->ListLru, VDDISCARDBLOCK, NodeLru);
|
---|
3214 |
|
---|
3215 | Assert(!RTListIsEmpty(&pDiscard->ListLru));
|
---|
3216 |
|
---|
3217 | /* Go over the allocation bitmap and mark all discarded sectors as unused. */
|
---|
3218 | uint64_t offStart = pBlock->Core.Key;
|
---|
3219 | uint32_t idxStart = 0;
|
---|
3220 | size_t cbLeft = pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3221 | bool fAllocated = ASMBitTest(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart);
|
---|
3222 | uint32_t cSectors = (uint32_t)(pBlock->cbDiscard / 512);
|
---|
3223 |
|
---|
3224 | while (cbLeft > 0)
|
---|
3225 | {
|
---|
3226 | int32_t idxEnd;
|
---|
3227 | size_t cbThis = cbLeft;
|
---|
3228 |
|
---|
3229 | if (fAllocated)
|
---|
3230 | {
|
---|
3231 | /* Check for the first unallocated bit. */
|
---|
3232 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextClear(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
3233 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
3234 | {
|
---|
3235 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
3236 | fAllocated = false;
|
---|
3237 | }
|
---|
3238 | }
|
---|
3239 | else
|
---|
3240 | {
|
---|
3241 | /* Mark as unused and check for the first set bit. */
|
---|
3242 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextSet(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
3243 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
3244 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
3245 |
|
---|
3246 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3247 | offStart, cbThis, NULL, NULL, &cbThis,
|
---|
3248 | NULL, VD_DISCARD_MARK_UNUSED);
|
---|
3249 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
3250 | && rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3251 | break;
|
---|
3252 |
|
---|
3253 | fAllocated = true;
|
---|
3254 | }
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | idxStart = idxEnd;
|
---|
3257 | offStart += cbThis;
|
---|
3258 | cbLeft -= cbThis;
|
---|
3259 | }
|
---|
3260 |
|
---|
3261 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
3262 | && rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3263 | break;
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
3266 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
3267 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3268 |
|
---|
3269 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3270 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3271 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
3272 | }
|
---|
3273 |
|
---|
3274 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3275 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | Assert(RT_FAILURE(rc) || pDiscard->cbDiscarding <= cbDiscardingNew);
|
---|
3278 |
|
---|
3279 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3280 | return rc;
|
---|
3281 | }
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | /**
|
---|
3284 | * Async discard helper - discards the current range if there is no matching
|
---|
3285 | * block in the tree.
|
---|
3286 | *
|
---|
3287 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3288 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3289 | */
|
---|
3290 | static int vdDiscardCurrentRangeAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3291 | {
|
---|
3292 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3293 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3294 | uint64_t offStart = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur;
|
---|
3295 | size_t cbThisDiscard = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3296 | void *pbmAllocated = NULL;
|
---|
3297 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
3298 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3299 |
|
---|
3300 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3301 |
|
---|
3302 | /* No block found, try to discard using the backend first. */
|
---|
3303 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3304 | offStart, cbThisDiscard, &cbPreAllocated,
|
---|
3305 | &cbPostAllocated, &cbThisDiscard,
|
---|
3306 | &pbmAllocated, 0);
|
---|
3307 | if (rc == VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET)
|
---|
3308 | {
|
---|
3309 | /* Create new discard block. */
|
---|
3310 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDDISCARDBLOCK));
|
---|
3311 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
3312 | {
|
---|
3313 | pBlock->Core.Key = offStart - cbPreAllocated;
|
---|
3314 | pBlock->Core.KeyLast = offStart + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated - 1;
|
---|
3315 | pBlock->cbDiscard = cbPreAllocated + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
3316 | pBlock->pbmAllocated = pbmAllocated;
|
---|
3317 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrU64Insert(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, &pBlock->Core);
|
---|
3318 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
3319 |
|
---|
3320 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3321 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding += pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3322 |
|
---|
3323 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft >= cbThisDiscard);
|
---|
3324 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3325 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3326 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3327 |
|
---|
3328 | if (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD)
|
---|
3329 | rc = vdDiscardRemoveBlocksAsync(pDisk, pIoCtx, VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD);
|
---|
3330 | else
|
---|
3331 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3332 |
|
---|
3333 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3334 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync; /* Next part. */
|
---|
3335 | }
|
---|
3336 | else
|
---|
3337 | {
|
---|
3338 | RTMemFree(pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3339 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3340 | }
|
---|
3341 | }
|
---|
3342 | else if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3343 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Save state and andvance to next range. */
|
---|
3344 | {
|
---|
3345 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft >= cbThisDiscard);
|
---|
3346 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3347 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3348 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3349 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync;
|
---|
3350 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3351 | }
|
---|
3352 |
|
---|
3353 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3354 | return rc;
|
---|
3355 | }
|
---|
3356 |
|
---|
3357 | /**
|
---|
3358 | * Async discard helper - entry point.
|
---|
3359 | *
|
---|
3360 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3361 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3362 | */
|
---|
3363 | static int vdDiscardHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3364 | {
|
---|
3365 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3366 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3367 | PCRTRANGE paRanges = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.paRanges;
|
---|
3368 | unsigned cRanges = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cRanges;
|
---|
3369 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3370 |
|
---|
3371 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3372 |
|
---|
3373 | /* Check if the I/O context processed all ranges. */
|
---|
3374 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange == cRanges
|
---|
3375 | && !pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft)
|
---|
3376 | {
|
---|
3377 | LogFlowFunc(("All ranges discarded, completing\n"));
|
---|
3378 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessDeferredReqs*/);
|
---|
3379 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3380 | }
|
---|
3381 |
|
---|
3382 | if (pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != pIoCtx)
|
---|
3383 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3384 |
|
---|
3385 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3386 | {
|
---|
3387 | uint64_t offStart = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur;
|
---|
3388 | size_t cbDiscardLeft = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3389 | size_t cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3390 |
|
---|
3391 | pDisk->uOffsetStartLocked = offStart;
|
---|
3392 | pDisk->uOffsetEndLocked = offStart + cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3393 |
|
---|
3394 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pDiscard))
|
---|
3395 | {
|
---|
3396 | pDiscard = vdDiscardStateCreate();
|
---|
3397 | if (!pDiscard)
|
---|
3398 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3399 |
|
---|
3400 | pDisk->pDiscard = pDiscard;
|
---|
3401 | }
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | if (!pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft)
|
---|
3404 | {
|
---|
3405 | offStart = paRanges[pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange].offStart;
|
---|
3406 | cbDiscardLeft = paRanges[pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange].cbRange;
|
---|
3407 | LogFlowFunc(("New range descriptor loaded (%u) offStart=%llu cbDiscard=%zu\n",
|
---|
3408 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange, offStart, cbDiscardLeft));
|
---|
3409 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange++;
|
---|
3410 | }
|
---|
3411 |
|
---|
3412 | /* Look for a matching block in the AVL tree first. */
|
---|
3413 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, false);
|
---|
3414 | if (!pBlock || pBlock->Core.KeyLast < offStart)
|
---|
3415 | {
|
---|
3416 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockAbove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, true);
|
---|
3417 |
|
---|
3418 | /* Clip range to remain in the current block. */
|
---|
3419 | if (pBlockAbove)
|
---|
3420 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscardLeft, pBlockAbove->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
3421 | else
|
---|
3422 | cbThisDiscard = cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3423 |
|
---|
3424 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
3425 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = NULL;
|
---|
3426 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardCurrentRangeAsync;
|
---|
3427 | }
|
---|
3428 | else
|
---|
3429 | {
|
---|
3430 | /* Range lies partly in the block, update allocation bitmap. */
|
---|
3431 | int32_t idxStart, idxEnd;
|
---|
3432 |
|
---|
3433 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscardLeft, pBlock->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
3434 |
|
---|
3435 | AssertPtr(pBlock);
|
---|
3436 |
|
---|
3437 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
3438 | Assert(!((offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) % 512));
|
---|
3439 |
|
---|
3440 | idxStart = (offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) / 512;
|
---|
3441 | idxEnd = idxStart + (int32_t)(cbThisDiscard / 512);
|
---|
3442 |
|
---|
3443 | ASMBitClearRange(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart, idxEnd);
|
---|
3444 |
|
---|
3445 | cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3446 | offStart += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3447 |
|
---|
3448 | /* Call the backend to discard the block if it is completely unallocated now. */
|
---|
3449 | if (ASMBitFirstSet((volatile void *)pBlock->pbmAllocated, (uint32_t)(pBlock->cbDiscard / 512)) == -1)
|
---|
3450 | {
|
---|
3451 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = pBlock;
|
---|
3452 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardWholeBlockAsync;
|
---|
3453 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3454 | }
|
---|
3455 | else
|
---|
3456 | {
|
---|
3457 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3458 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3459 |
|
---|
3460 | /* Start with next range. */
|
---|
3461 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync;
|
---|
3462 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3463 | }
|
---|
3464 | }
|
---|
3465 |
|
---|
3466 | /* Save state in the context. */
|
---|
3467 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur = offStart;
|
---|
3468 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft = cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3469 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3470 | }
|
---|
3471 |
|
---|
3472 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3473 | return rc;
|
---|
3474 | }
|
---|
3475 |
|
---|
3476 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3477 | /**
|
---|
3478 | * @copydoc VDPLUGIN::pfnRegisterImage
|
---|
3479 | */
|
---|
3480 | static DECLCALLBACK(int) vdPluginRegisterImage(void *pvUser, PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
3481 | {
|
---|
3482 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3483 |
|
---|
3484 | if (pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VBOXHDDBACKEND))
|
---|
3485 | vdAddBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
3486 | else
|
---|
3487 | {
|
---|
3488 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin: pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pBackend->cbSize));
|
---|
3489 | rc = VERR_IGNORED;
|
---|
3490 | }
|
---|
3491 |
|
---|
3492 | return rc;
|
---|
3493 | }
|
---|
3494 |
|
---|
3495 | /**
|
---|
3496 | * @copydoc VDPLUGIN::pfnRegisterCache
|
---|
3497 | */
|
---|
3498 | static DECLCALLBACK(int) vdPluginRegisterCache(void *pvUser, PCVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
3499 | {
|
---|
3500 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | if (pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VDCACHEBACKEND))
|
---|
3503 | vdAddCacheBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
3504 | else
|
---|
3505 | {
|
---|
3506 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin: pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pBackend->cbSize));
|
---|
3507 | rc = VERR_IGNORED;
|
---|
3508 | }
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | return rc;
|
---|
3511 | }
|
---|
3512 |
|
---|
3513 | /**
|
---|
3514 | * @copydoc VDPLUGIN::pfnRegisterFilter
|
---|
3515 | */
|
---|
3516 | static DECLCALLBACK(int) vdPluginRegisterFilter(void *pvUser, PCVDFILTERBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
3517 | {
|
---|
3518 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3519 |
|
---|
3520 | if (pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VDFILTERBACKEND))
|
---|
3521 | vdAddFilterBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
3522 | else
|
---|
3523 | {
|
---|
3524 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin: pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pBackend->cbSize));
|
---|
3525 | rc = VERR_IGNORED;
|
---|
3526 | }
|
---|
3527 |
|
---|
3528 | return rc;
|
---|
3529 | }
|
---|
3530 |
|
---|
3531 | /**
|
---|
3532 | * Checks whether the given plugin filename was already loaded.
|
---|
3533 | *
|
---|
3534 | * @returns true if the plugin was already loaded, false otherwise.
|
---|
3535 | * @param pszFilename The filename to check.
|
---|
3536 | */
|
---|
3537 | static bool vdPluginFind(const char *pszFilename)
|
---|
3538 | {
|
---|
3539 | PVDPLUGIN pIt = NULL;
|
---|
3540 |
|
---|
3541 | RTListForEach(&g_ListPluginsLoaded, pIt, VDPLUGIN, NodePlugin)
|
---|
3542 | {
|
---|
3543 | if (!RTStrCmp(pIt->pszFilename, pszFilename))
|
---|
3544 | return true;
|
---|
3545 | }
|
---|
3546 |
|
---|
3547 | return false;
|
---|
3548 | }
|
---|
3549 |
|
---|
3550 | /**
|
---|
3551 | * Adds a plugin to the list of loaded plugins.
|
---|
3552 | *
|
---|
3553 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3554 | * @param hPlugin Plugin handle to add.
|
---|
3555 | * @param pszFilename The associated filename, sued for finding duplicates.
|
---|
3556 | */
|
---|
3557 | static int vdAddPlugin(RTLDRMOD hPlugin, const char *pszFilename)
|
---|
3558 | {
|
---|
3559 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3560 | PVDPLUGIN pPlugin = (PVDPLUGIN)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDPLUGIN));
|
---|
3561 |
|
---|
3562 | if (pPlugin)
|
---|
3563 | {
|
---|
3564 | pPlugin->hPlugin = hPlugin;
|
---|
3565 | pPlugin->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
3566 | if (pPlugin->pszFilename)
|
---|
3567 | RTListAppend(&g_ListPluginsLoaded, &pPlugin->NodePlugin);
|
---|
3568 | else
|
---|
3569 | {
|
---|
3570 | RTMemFree(pPlugin);
|
---|
3571 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3572 | }
|
---|
3573 | }
|
---|
3574 | else
|
---|
3575 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | return rc;
|
---|
3578 | }
|
---|
3579 | #endif
|
---|
3580 |
|
---|
3581 | /**
|
---|
3582 | * Worker for VDPluginLoadFromFilename() and vdPluginLoadFromPath().
|
---|
3583 | *
|
---|
3584 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3585 | * @param pszFilename The plugin filename to load.
|
---|
3586 | */
|
---|
3587 | static int vdPluginLoadFromFilename(const char *pszFilename)
|
---|
3588 | {
|
---|
3589 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3590 | /* Plugin loaded? Nothing to do. */
|
---|
3591 | if (vdPluginFind(pszFilename))
|
---|
3592 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
3595 | int rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoadPlugIn(pszFilename, &hPlugin, NULL);
|
---|
3596 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3597 | {
|
---|
3598 | VDBACKENDREGISTER BackendRegister;
|
---|
3599 | PFNVDPLUGINLOAD pfnVDPluginLoad = NULL;
|
---|
3600 |
|
---|
3601 | BackendRegister.pfnRegisterImage = vdPluginRegisterImage;
|
---|
3602 | BackendRegister.pfnRegisterCache = vdPluginRegisterCache;
|
---|
3603 | BackendRegister.pfnRegisterFilter = vdPluginRegisterFilter;
|
---|
3604 |
|
---|
3605 | rc = RTLdrGetSymbol(hPlugin, VD_PLUGIN_LOAD_NAME, (void**)&pfnVDPluginLoad);
|
---|
3606 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) || !pfnVDPluginLoad)
|
---|
3607 | {
|
---|
3608 | LogFunc(("error resolving the entry point %s in plugin %s, rc=%Rrc, pfnVDPluginLoad=%#p\n",
|
---|
3609 | VD_PLUGIN_LOAD_NAME, pszFilename, rc, pfnVDPluginLoad));
|
---|
3610 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3611 | rc = VERR_SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3612 | }
|
---|
3613 |
|
---|
3614 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3615 | {
|
---|
3616 | /* Get the function table. */
|
---|
3617 | rc = pfnVDPluginLoad(NULL, &BackendRegister);
|
---|
3618 | }
|
---|
3619 | else
|
---|
3620 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': rc=%Rrc\n", pszFilename, rc));
|
---|
3621 |
|
---|
3622 | /* Create a plugin entry on success. */
|
---|
3623 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3624 | vdAddPlugin(hPlugin, pszFilename);
|
---|
3625 | else
|
---|
3626 | RTLdrClose(hPlugin);
|
---|
3627 | }
|
---|
3628 |
|
---|
3629 | return rc;
|
---|
3630 | #else
|
---|
3631 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3632 | #endif
|
---|
3633 | }
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | /**
|
---|
3636 | * Worker for VDPluginLoadFromPath() and vdLoadDynamicBackends().
|
---|
3637 | *
|
---|
3638 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3639 | * @param pszPath The path to load plugins from.
|
---|
3640 | */
|
---|
3641 | static int vdPluginLoadFromPath(const char *pszPath)
|
---|
3642 | {
|
---|
3643 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3644 | /* To get all entries with VBoxHDD as prefix. */
|
---|
3645 | char *pszPluginFilter = RTPathJoinA(pszPath, VD_PLUGIN_PREFIX "*");
|
---|
3646 | if (!pszPluginFilter)
|
---|
3647 | return VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | PRTDIRENTRYEX pPluginDirEntry = NULL;
|
---|
3650 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
3651 | size_t cbPluginDirEntry = sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX);
|
---|
3652 | int rc = RTDirOpenFiltered(&pPluginDir, pszPluginFilter, RTDIRFILTER_WINNT, 0);
|
---|
3653 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3654 | {
|
---|
3655 | /* On Windows the above immediately signals that there are no
|
---|
3656 | * files matching, while on other platforms enumerating the
|
---|
3657 | * files below fails. Either way: no plugins. */
|
---|
3658 | goto out;
|
---|
3659 | }
|
---|
3660 |
|
---|
3661 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX));
|
---|
3662 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3663 | {
|
---|
3664 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3665 | goto out;
|
---|
3666 | }
|
---|
3667 |
|
---|
3668 | while ((rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK)) != VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3669 | {
|
---|
3670 | char *pszPluginPath = NULL;
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | if (rc == VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW)
|
---|
3673 | {
|
---|
3674 | /* allocate new buffer. */
|
---|
3675 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3676 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(cbPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3677 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3678 | {
|
---|
3679 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3680 | break;
|
---|
3681 | }
|
---|
3682 | /* Retry. */
|
---|
3683 | rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK);
|
---|
3684 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3685 | break;
|
---|
3686 | }
|
---|
3687 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3688 | break;
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | /* We got the new entry. */
|
---|
3691 | if (!RTFS_IS_FILE(pPluginDirEntry->Info.Attr.fMode))
|
---|
3692 | continue;
|
---|
3693 |
|
---|
3694 | /* Prepend the path to the libraries. */
|
---|
3695 | pszPluginPath = RTPathJoinA(pszPath, pPluginDirEntry->szName);
|
---|
3696 | if (!pszPluginPath)
|
---|
3697 | {
|
---|
3698 | rc = VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3699 | break;
|
---|
3700 | }
|
---|
3701 |
|
---|
3702 | rc = vdPluginLoadFromFilename(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
3703 | RTStrFree(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
3704 | }
|
---|
3705 | out:
|
---|
3706 | if (rc == VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3707 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3708 | RTStrFree(pszPluginFilter);
|
---|
3709 | if (pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3710 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3711 | if (pPluginDir)
|
---|
3712 | RTDirClose(pPluginDir);
|
---|
3713 | return rc;
|
---|
3714 | #else
|
---|
3715 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3716 | #endif
|
---|
3717 | }
|
---|
3718 |
|
---|
3719 | /**
|
---|
3720 | * internal: scans plugin directory and loads found plugins.
|
---|
3721 | */
|
---|
3722 | static int vdLoadDynamicBackends()
|
---|
3723 | {
|
---|
3724 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3725 | /*
|
---|
3726 | * Enumerate plugin backends from the application directory where the other
|
---|
3727 | * shared libraries are.
|
---|
3728 | */
|
---|
3729 | char szPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
3730 | int rc = RTPathAppPrivateArch(szPath, sizeof(szPath));
|
---|
3731 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3732 | return rc;
|
---|
3733 |
|
---|
3734 | return vdPluginLoadFromPath(szPath);
|
---|
3735 | #else
|
---|
3736 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3737 | #endif
|
---|
3738 | }
|
---|
3739 |
|
---|
3740 | /**
|
---|
3741 | * VD async I/O interface open callback.
|
---|
3742 | */
|
---|
3743 | static int vdIOOpenFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
3744 | uint32_t fOpen, PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted,
|
---|
3745 | void **ppStorage)
|
---|
3746 | {
|
---|
3747 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE));
|
---|
3748 |
|
---|
3749 | if (!pStorage)
|
---|
3750 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3751 |
|
---|
3752 | pStorage->pfnCompleted = pfnCompleted;
|
---|
3753 |
|
---|
3754 | /* Open the file. */
|
---|
3755 | int rc = RTFileOpen(&pStorage->File, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
3756 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3757 | {
|
---|
3758 | *ppStorage = pStorage;
|
---|
3759 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3760 | }
|
---|
3761 |
|
---|
3762 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
3763 | return rc;
|
---|
3764 | }
|
---|
3765 |
|
---|
3766 | /**
|
---|
3767 | * VD async I/O interface close callback.
|
---|
3768 | */
|
---|
3769 | static int vdIOCloseFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
3770 | {
|
---|
3771 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3772 |
|
---|
3773 | RTFileClose(pStorage->File);
|
---|
3774 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
3775 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3776 | }
|
---|
3777 |
|
---|
3778 | static int vdIODeleteFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
3779 | {
|
---|
3780 | return RTFileDelete(pcszFilename);
|
---|
3781 | }
|
---|
3782 |
|
---|
3783 | static int vdIOMoveFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc, const char *pcszDst, unsigned fMove)
|
---|
3784 | {
|
---|
3785 | return RTFileMove(pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
3786 | }
|
---|
3787 |
|
---|
3788 | static int vdIOGetFreeSpaceFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename, int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
3789 | {
|
---|
3790 | return RTFsQuerySizes(pcszFilename, NULL, pcbFreeSpace, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3791 | }
|
---|
3792 |
|
---|
3793 | static int vdIOGetModificationTimeFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename, PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
3794 | {
|
---|
3795 | RTFSOBJINFO info;
|
---|
3796 | int rc = RTPathQueryInfo(pcszFilename, &info, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING);
|
---|
3797 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3798 | *pModificationTime = info.ModificationTime;
|
---|
3799 | return rc;
|
---|
3800 | }
|
---|
3801 |
|
---|
3802 | /**
|
---|
3803 | * VD async I/O interface callback for retrieving the file size.
|
---|
3804 | */
|
---|
3805 | static int vdIOGetSizeFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
3806 | {
|
---|
3807 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3808 |
|
---|
3809 | return RTFileGetSize(pStorage->File, pcbSize);
|
---|
3810 | }
|
---|
3811 |
|
---|
3812 | /**
|
---|
3813 | * VD async I/O interface callback for setting the file size.
|
---|
3814 | */
|
---|
3815 | static int vdIOSetSizeFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
3816 | {
|
---|
3817 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3818 |
|
---|
3819 | return RTFileSetSize(pStorage->File, cbSize);
|
---|
3820 | }
|
---|
3821 |
|
---|
3822 | /**
|
---|
3823 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous write to the file.
|
---|
3824 | */
|
---|
3825 | static int vdIOWriteSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3826 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
3827 | {
|
---|
3828 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3829 |
|
---|
3830 | return RTFileWriteAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
3831 | }
|
---|
3832 |
|
---|
3833 | /**
|
---|
3834 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous read from the file.
|
---|
3835 | */
|
---|
3836 | static int vdIOReadSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3837 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
3838 | {
|
---|
3839 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3840 |
|
---|
3841 | return RTFileReadAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
3842 | }
|
---|
3843 |
|
---|
3844 | /**
|
---|
3845 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
3846 | */
|
---|
3847 | static int vdIOFlushSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
3848 | {
|
---|
3849 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3850 |
|
---|
3851 | return RTFileFlush(pStorage->File);
|
---|
3852 | }
|
---|
3853 |
|
---|
3854 | /**
|
---|
3855 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous read from the file.
|
---|
3856 | */
|
---|
3857 | static int vdIOReadAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3858 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
3859 | size_t cbRead, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
3860 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
3861 | {
|
---|
3862 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3863 | }
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | /**
|
---|
3866 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous write to the file.
|
---|
3867 | */
|
---|
3868 | static int vdIOWriteAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3869 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
3870 | size_t cbWrite, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
3871 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
3872 | {
|
---|
3873 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3874 | }
|
---|
3875 |
|
---|
3876 | /**
|
---|
3877 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
3878 | */
|
---|
3879 | static int vdIOFlushAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage,
|
---|
3880 | void *pvCompletion, void **ppTask)
|
---|
3881 | {
|
---|
3882 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3883 | }
|
---|
3884 |
|
---|
3885 | /**
|
---|
3886 | * Internal - Continues an I/O context after
|
---|
3887 | * it was halted because of an active transfer.
|
---|
3888 | */
|
---|
3889 | static int vdIoCtxContinue(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int rcReq)
|
---|
3890 | {
|
---|
3891 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3892 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3893 |
|
---|
3894 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
3895 |
|
---|
3896 | if (RT_FAILURE(rcReq))
|
---|
3897 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtx->rcReq, rcReq, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
3898 |
|
---|
3899 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED))
|
---|
3900 | {
|
---|
3901 | /* Continue the transfer */
|
---|
3902 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pIoCtx);
|
---|
3903 |
|
---|
3904 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3905 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3906 | {
|
---|
3907 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3908 | if (pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent)
|
---|
3909 | {
|
---|
3910 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3913 | if (RT_FAILURE(pIoCtx->rcReq))
|
---|
3914 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtxParent->rcReq, pIoCtx->rcReq, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
3915 |
|
---|
3916 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtxParent->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
3917 |
|
---|
3918 | if (pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE)
|
---|
3919 | {
|
---|
3920 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context transferred %u bytes for the parent pIoCtxParent=%p\n",
|
---|
3921 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent, pIoCtxParent));
|
---|
3922 |
|
---|
3923 | /* Update the parent state. */
|
---|
3924 | Assert(pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent);
|
---|
3925 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent);
|
---|
3926 | }
|
---|
3927 | else
|
---|
3928 | Assert(pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH);
|
---|
3929 |
|
---|
3930 | /*
|
---|
3931 | * A completed child write means that we finished growing the image.
|
---|
3932 | * We have to process any pending writes now.
|
---|
3933 | */
|
---|
3934 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtxParent, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs */);
|
---|
3935 |
|
---|
3936 | /* Unblock the parent */
|
---|
3937 | pIoCtxParent->fFlags &= ~VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
3938 |
|
---|
3939 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3940 |
|
---|
3941 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3942 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxParent->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3943 | {
|
---|
3944 | LogFlowFunc(("Parent I/O context completed pIoCtxParent=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n", pIoCtxParent, pIoCtxParent->rcReq));
|
---|
3945 | vdIoCtxRootComplete(pDisk, pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3946 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3947 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3948 | vdDiskProcessBlockedIoCtx(pDisk);
|
---|
3949 | }
|
---|
3950 | else if (!vdIoCtxIsDiskLockOwner(pDisk, pIoCtx))
|
---|
3951 | {
|
---|
3952 | /* Process any pending writes if the current request didn't caused another growing. */
|
---|
3953 | vdDiskProcessBlockedIoCtx(pDisk);
|
---|
3954 | }
|
---|
3955 | }
|
---|
3956 | else
|
---|
3957 | {
|
---|
3958 | if (pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH)
|
---|
3959 | {
|
---|
3960 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessDerredReqs */);
|
---|
3961 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3962 | }
|
---|
3963 | else if ( pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE
|
---|
3964 | || pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD)
|
---|
3965 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3966 | else
|
---|
3967 | {
|
---|
3968 | Assert(pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ);
|
---|
3969 | vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3970 | }
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed pIoCtx=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n", pIoCtx, pIoCtx->rcReq));
|
---|
3973 | vdIoCtxRootComplete(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3974 | }
|
---|
3975 |
|
---|
3976 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3977 | }
|
---|
3978 | }
|
---|
3979 |
|
---|
3980 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3981 | }
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | /**
|
---|
3984 | * Internal - Called when user transfer completed.
|
---|
3985 | */
|
---|
3986 | static int vdUserXferCompleted(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
3987 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser,
|
---|
3988 | size_t cbTransfer, int rcReq)
|
---|
3989 | {
|
---|
3990 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3991 | bool fIoCtxContinue = true;
|
---|
3992 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3993 |
|
---|
3994 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoStorage=%#p pIoCtx=%#p pfnComplete=%#p pvUser=%#p cbTransfer=%zu rcReq=%Rrc\n",
|
---|
3995 | pIoStorage, pIoCtx, pfnComplete, pvUser, cbTransfer, rcReq));
|
---|
3996 |
|
---|
3997 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
3998 |
|
---|
3999 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbTransfer);
|
---|
4000 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbTransfer); Assert(cbTransfer == (uint32_t)cbTransfer);
|
---|
4001 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | if (pfnComplete)
|
---|
4004 | rc = pfnComplete(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pBackendData, pIoCtx, pvUser, rcReq);
|
---|
4005 |
|
---|
4006 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4007 | rc = vdIoCtxContinue(pIoCtx, rcReq);
|
---|
4008 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4009 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4010 |
|
---|
4011 | return rc;
|
---|
4012 | }
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | /**
|
---|
4015 | * Internal - Called when a meta transfer completed.
|
---|
4016 | */
|
---|
4017 | static int vdMetaXferCompleted(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser,
|
---|
4018 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer, int rcReq)
|
---|
4019 | {
|
---|
4020 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4021 | RTLISTNODE ListIoCtxWaiting;
|
---|
4022 | bool fFlush;
|
---|
4023 |
|
---|
4024 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoStorage=%#p pfnComplete=%#p pvUser=%#p pMetaXfer=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n",
|
---|
4025 | pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvUser, pMetaXfer, rcReq));
|
---|
4026 |
|
---|
4027 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4028 |
|
---|
4029 | fFlush = VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH;
|
---|
4030 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4031 |
|
---|
4032 | if (!fFlush)
|
---|
4033 | {
|
---|
4034 | RTListMove(&ListIoCtxWaiting, &pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
4035 |
|
---|
4036 | if (RT_FAILURE(rcReq))
|
---|
4037 | {
|
---|
4038 | /* Remove from the AVL tree. */
|
---|
4039 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4040 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4041 | Assert(fRemoved);
|
---|
4042 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4043 | }
|
---|
4044 | else
|
---|
4045 | {
|
---|
4046 | /* Increase the reference counter to make sure it doesn't go away before the last context is processed. */
|
---|
4047 | pMetaXfer->cRefs++;
|
---|
4048 | }
|
---|
4049 | }
|
---|
4050 | else
|
---|
4051 | RTListMove(&ListIoCtxWaiting, &pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
4052 |
|
---|
4053 | /* Go through the waiting list and continue the I/O contexts. */
|
---|
4054 | while (!RTListIsEmpty(&ListIoCtxWaiting))
|
---|
4055 | {
|
---|
4056 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4057 | bool fContinue = true;
|
---|
4058 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = RTListGetFirst(&ListIoCtxWaiting, VDIOCTXDEFERRED, NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4059 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = pDeferred->pIoCtx;
|
---|
4060 | RTListNodeRemove(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4061 |
|
---|
4062 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
4063 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4064 |
|
---|
4065 | if (pfnComplete)
|
---|
4066 | rc = pfnComplete(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pBackendData, pIoCtx, pvUser, rcReq);
|
---|
4067 |
|
---|
4068 | LogFlow(("Completion callback for I/O context %#p returned %Rrc\n", pIoCtx, rc));
|
---|
4069 |
|
---|
4070 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4071 | {
|
---|
4072 | rc = vdIoCtxContinue(pIoCtx, rcReq);
|
---|
4073 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
4074 | }
|
---|
4075 | else
|
---|
4076 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS);
|
---|
4077 | }
|
---|
4078 |
|
---|
4079 | /* Remove if not used anymore. */
|
---|
4080 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rcReq) && !fFlush)
|
---|
4081 | {
|
---|
4082 | pMetaXfer->cRefs--;
|
---|
4083 | if (!pMetaXfer->cRefs && RTListIsEmpty(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting))
|
---|
4084 | {
|
---|
4085 | /* Remove from the AVL tree. */
|
---|
4086 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4087 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4088 | Assert(fRemoved);
|
---|
4089 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4090 | }
|
---|
4091 | }
|
---|
4092 | else if (fFlush)
|
---|
4093 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4094 |
|
---|
4095 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4096 | }
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | /**
|
---|
4099 | * Processes a list of waiting I/O tasks. The disk lock must be held by caller.
|
---|
4100 | *
|
---|
4101 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
4102 | * @param pDisk The disk to process the list for.
|
---|
4103 | */
|
---|
4104 | static void vdIoTaskProcessWaitingList(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4105 | {
|
---|
4106 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4107 |
|
---|
4108 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4109 |
|
---|
4110 | PVDIOTASK pHead = ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoTasksPendingHead, NULL, PVDIOTASK);
|
---|
4111 |
|
---|
4112 | Log(("I/O task list cleared\n"));
|
---|
4113 |
|
---|
4114 | /* Reverse order. */
|
---|
4115 | PVDIOTASK pCur = pHead;
|
---|
4116 | pHead = NULL;
|
---|
4117 | while (pCur)
|
---|
4118 | {
|
---|
4119 | PVDIOTASK pInsert = pCur;
|
---|
4120 | pCur = pCur->pNext;
|
---|
4121 | pInsert->pNext = pHead;
|
---|
4122 | pHead = pInsert;
|
---|
4123 | }
|
---|
4124 |
|
---|
4125 | while (pHead)
|
---|
4126 | {
|
---|
4127 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = pHead->pIoStorage;
|
---|
4128 |
|
---|
4129 | if (!pHead->fMeta)
|
---|
4130 | vdUserXferCompleted(pIoStorage, pHead->Type.User.pIoCtx,
|
---|
4131 | pHead->pfnComplete, pHead->pvUser,
|
---|
4132 | pHead->Type.User.cbTransfer, pHead->rcReq);
|
---|
4133 | else
|
---|
4134 | vdMetaXferCompleted(pIoStorage, pHead->pfnComplete, pHead->pvUser,
|
---|
4135 | pHead->Type.Meta.pMetaXfer, pHead->rcReq);
|
---|
4136 |
|
---|
4137 | pCur = pHead;
|
---|
4138 | pHead = pHead->pNext;
|
---|
4139 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pCur);
|
---|
4140 | }
|
---|
4141 | }
|
---|
4142 |
|
---|
4143 | /**
|
---|
4144 | * Process any I/O context on the halted list.
|
---|
4145 | *
|
---|
4146 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
4147 | * @param pDisk The disk.
|
---|
4148 | */
|
---|
4149 | static void vdIoCtxProcessHaltedList(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4150 | {
|
---|
4151 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4152 |
|
---|
4153 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4154 |
|
---|
4155 | /* Get the waiting list and process it in FIFO order. */
|
---|
4156 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead = ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHaltedHead, NULL, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
4157 |
|
---|
4158 | /* Reverse it. */
|
---|
4159 | PVDIOCTX pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
4160 | pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
4161 | while (pCur)
|
---|
4162 | {
|
---|
4163 | PVDIOCTX pInsert = pCur;
|
---|
4164 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
4165 | pInsert->pIoCtxNext = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
4166 | pIoCtxHead = pInsert;
|
---|
4167 | }
|
---|
4168 |
|
---|
4169 | /* Process now. */
|
---|
4170 | pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
4171 | while (pCur)
|
---|
4172 | {
|
---|
4173 | PVDIOCTX pTmp = pCur;
|
---|
4174 |
|
---|
4175 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
4176 | pTmp->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | /* Continue */
|
---|
4179 | pTmp->fFlags &= ~VDIOCTX_FLAGS_BLOCKED;
|
---|
4180 | vdIoCtxContinue(pTmp, pTmp->rcReq);
|
---|
4181 | }
|
---|
4182 | }
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | /**
|
---|
4185 | * Unlock the disk and process pending tasks.
|
---|
4186 | *
|
---|
4187 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4188 | * @param pDisk The disk to unlock.
|
---|
4189 | */
|
---|
4190 | static int vdDiskUnlock(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
4191 | {
|
---|
4192 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4193 |
|
---|
4194 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4195 |
|
---|
4196 | /*
|
---|
4197 | * Process the list of waiting I/O tasks first
|
---|
4198 | * because they might complete I/O contexts.
|
---|
4199 | * Same for the list of halted I/O contexts.
|
---|
4200 | * Afterwards comes the list of new I/O contexts.
|
---|
4201 | */
|
---|
4202 | vdIoTaskProcessWaitingList(pDisk);
|
---|
4203 | vdIoCtxProcessHaltedList(pDisk);
|
---|
4204 | rc = vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(pDisk, pIoCtxRc);
|
---|
4205 | ASMAtomicXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, false);
|
---|
4206 |
|
---|
4207 | /*
|
---|
4208 | * Need to check for new I/O tasks and waiting I/O contexts now
|
---|
4209 | * again as other threads might added them while we processed
|
---|
4210 | * previous lists.
|
---|
4211 | */
|
---|
4212 | while ( ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, PVDIOCTX) != NULL
|
---|
4213 | || ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoTasksPendingHead, PVDIOTASK) != NULL
|
---|
4214 | || ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHaltedHead, PVDIOCTX) != NULL)
|
---|
4215 | {
|
---|
4216 | /* Try lock disk again. */
|
---|
4217 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, true, false))
|
---|
4218 | {
|
---|
4219 | vdIoTaskProcessWaitingList(pDisk);
|
---|
4220 | vdIoCtxProcessHaltedList(pDisk);
|
---|
4221 | vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
4222 | ASMAtomicXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, false);
|
---|
4223 | }
|
---|
4224 | else /* Let the other thread everything when he unlocks the disk. */
|
---|
4225 | break;
|
---|
4226 | }
|
---|
4227 |
|
---|
4228 | return rc;
|
---|
4229 | }
|
---|
4230 |
|
---|
4231 | /**
|
---|
4232 | * Try to lock the disk to complete pressing of the I/O task.
|
---|
4233 | * The completion is deferred if the disk is locked already.
|
---|
4234 | *
|
---|
4235 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
4236 | * @param pIoTask The I/O task to complete.
|
---|
4237 | */
|
---|
4238 | static void vdXferTryLockDiskDeferIoTask(PVDIOTASK pIoTask)
|
---|
4239 | {
|
---|
4240 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = pIoTask->pIoStorage;
|
---|
4241 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4242 |
|
---|
4243 | Log(("Deferring I/O task pIoTask=%p\n", pIoTask));
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | /* Put it on the waiting list. */
|
---|
4246 | PVDIOTASK pNext = ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoTasksPendingHead, PVDIOTASK);
|
---|
4247 | PVDIOTASK pHeadOld;
|
---|
4248 | pIoTask->pNext = pNext;
|
---|
4249 | while (!ASMAtomicCmpXchgExPtr(&pDisk->pIoTasksPendingHead, pIoTask, pNext, &pHeadOld))
|
---|
4250 | {
|
---|
4251 | pNext = pHeadOld;
|
---|
4252 | Assert(pNext != pIoTask);
|
---|
4253 | pIoTask->pNext = pNext;
|
---|
4254 | ASMNopPause();
|
---|
4255 | }
|
---|
4256 |
|
---|
4257 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, true, false))
|
---|
4258 | {
|
---|
4259 | /* Release disk lock, it will take care of processing all lists. */
|
---|
4260 | vdDiskUnlock(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
4261 | }
|
---|
4262 | }
|
---|
4263 |
|
---|
4264 | static int vdIOIntReqCompleted(void *pvUser, int rcReq)
|
---|
4265 | {
|
---|
4266 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)pvUser;
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | LogFlowFunc(("Task completed pIoTask=%#p\n", pIoTask));
|
---|
4269 |
|
---|
4270 | pIoTask->rcReq = rcReq;
|
---|
4271 | vdXferTryLockDiskDeferIoTask(pIoTask);
|
---|
4272 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4273 | }
|
---|
4274 |
|
---|
4275 | /**
|
---|
4276 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file.
|
---|
4277 | */
|
---|
4278 | static int vdIOIntOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
4279 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
4280 | {
|
---|
4281 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4282 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4283 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
4284 |
|
---|
4285 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
4286 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4287 |
|
---|
4288 | /* Create the AVl tree. */
|
---|
4289 | pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers = (PAVLRFOFFTREE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(AVLRFOFFTREE));
|
---|
4290 | if (pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers)
|
---|
4291 | {
|
---|
4292 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnOpen(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4293 | pszLocation, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
4294 | vdIOIntReqCompleted,
|
---|
4295 | &pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4296 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4297 | {
|
---|
4298 | pIoStorage->pVDIo = pVDIo;
|
---|
4299 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
4300 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4301 | }
|
---|
4302 |
|
---|
4303 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers);
|
---|
4304 | }
|
---|
4305 | else
|
---|
4306 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4307 |
|
---|
4308 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4309 | return rc;
|
---|
4310 | }
|
---|
4311 |
|
---|
4312 | static int vdIOIntTreeMetaXferDestroy(PAVLRFOFFNODECORE pNode, void *pvUser)
|
---|
4313 | {
|
---|
4314 | AssertMsgFailed(("Tree should be empty at this point!\n"));
|
---|
4315 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4316 | }
|
---|
4317 |
|
---|
4318 | static int vdIOIntClose(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
4319 | {
|
---|
4320 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4321 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4322 |
|
---|
4323 | /* We free everything here, even if closing the file failed for some reason. */
|
---|
4324 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnClose(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser, pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4325 | RTAvlrFileOffsetDestroy(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, vdIOIntTreeMetaXferDestroy, NULL);
|
---|
4326 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers);
|
---|
4327 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4328 | return rc;
|
---|
4329 | }
|
---|
4330 |
|
---|
4331 | static int vdIOIntDelete(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
4332 | {
|
---|
4333 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4334 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnDelete(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4335 | pcszFilename);
|
---|
4336 | }
|
---|
4337 |
|
---|
4338 | static int vdIOIntMove(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc, const char *pcszDst,
|
---|
4339 | unsigned fMove)
|
---|
4340 | {
|
---|
4341 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4342 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnMove(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4343 | pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
4344 | }
|
---|
4345 |
|
---|
4346 | static int vdIOIntGetFreeSpace(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4347 | int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
4348 | {
|
---|
4349 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4350 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetFreeSpace(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4351 | pcszFilename, pcbFreeSpace);
|
---|
4352 | }
|
---|
4353 |
|
---|
4354 | static int vdIOIntGetModificationTime(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4355 | PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
4356 | {
|
---|
4357 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4358 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetModificationTime(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4359 | pcszFilename, pModificationTime);
|
---|
4360 | }
|
---|
4361 |
|
---|
4362 | static int vdIOIntGetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4363 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
4364 | {
|
---|
4365 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4366 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetSize(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4367 | pIoStorage->pStorage, pcbSize);
|
---|
4368 | }
|
---|
4369 |
|
---|
4370 | static int vdIOIntSetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4371 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
4372 | {
|
---|
4373 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4374 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnSetSize(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4375 | pIoStorage->pStorage, cbSize);
|
---|
4376 | }
|
---|
4377 |
|
---|
4378 | static int vdIOIntReadUser(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
4379 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t cbRead)
|
---|
4380 | {
|
---|
4381 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4382 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4383 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4384 |
|
---|
4385 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbRead=%u\n",
|
---|
4386 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbRead));
|
---|
4387 |
|
---|
4388 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4389 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4390 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4391 |
|
---|
4392 | Assert(cbRead > 0);
|
---|
4393 |
|
---|
4394 | if (pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC)
|
---|
4395 | {
|
---|
4396 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4397 | unsigned cSegments = 1;
|
---|
4398 | size_t cbTaskRead = 0;
|
---|
4399 |
|
---|
4400 | /* Synchronous I/O contexts only have one buffer segment. */
|
---|
4401 | AssertMsgReturn(pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf.cSegs == 1,
|
---|
4402 | ("Invalid number of buffer segments for synchronous I/O context"),
|
---|
4403 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4404 |
|
---|
4405 | cbTaskRead = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &Seg, &cSegments, cbRead);
|
---|
4406 | Assert(cbRead == cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4407 | Assert(cSegments == 1);
|
---|
4408 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4409 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4410 | Seg.pvSeg, cbRead, NULL);
|
---|
4411 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4412 | {
|
---|
4413 | Assert(cbRead == (uint32_t)cbRead);
|
---|
4414 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbRead);
|
---|
4415 | }
|
---|
4416 | }
|
---|
4417 | else
|
---|
4418 | {
|
---|
4419 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
4420 | while (cbRead)
|
---|
4421 | {
|
---|
4422 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
4423 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
4424 | size_t cbTaskRead = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbRead);
|
---|
4425 |
|
---|
4426 | Assert(cSegments > 0);
|
---|
4427 | Assert(cbTaskRead > 0);
|
---|
4428 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= cbRead, ("Invalid number of bytes to read\n"));
|
---|
4429 |
|
---|
4430 | LogFlow(("Reading %u bytes into %u segments\n", cbTaskRead, cSegments));
|
---|
4431 |
|
---|
4432 | #ifdef RT_STRICT
|
---|
4433 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
4434 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
4435 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
4436 | #endif
|
---|
4437 |
|
---|
4438 | Assert(cbTaskRead == (uint32_t)cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4439 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pIoStorage, NULL, NULL, pIoCtx, (uint32_t)cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4440 |
|
---|
4441 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4442 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4445 |
|
---|
4446 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
4447 | Log(("Spawning pIoTask=%p pIoCtx=%p\n", pIoTask, pIoCtx));
|
---|
4448 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4449 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4450 | aSeg, cSegments, cbTaskRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
4451 | &pvTask);
|
---|
4452 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4453 | {
|
---|
4454 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
4455 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4456 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4457 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4458 | }
|
---|
4459 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4460 | {
|
---|
4461 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4462 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4463 | break;
|
---|
4464 | }
|
---|
4465 |
|
---|
4466 | uOffset += cbTaskRead;
|
---|
4467 | cbRead -= cbTaskRead;
|
---|
4468 | }
|
---|
4469 | }
|
---|
4470 |
|
---|
4471 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4472 | return rc;
|
---|
4473 | }
|
---|
4474 |
|
---|
4475 | static int vdIOIntWriteUser(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
4476 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t cbWrite, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4477 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4478 | {
|
---|
4479 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4480 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4481 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbWrite=%u\n",
|
---|
4484 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbWrite));
|
---|
4485 |
|
---|
4486 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4487 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4488 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4489 |
|
---|
4490 | Assert(cbWrite > 0);
|
---|
4491 |
|
---|
4492 | if (pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC)
|
---|
4493 | {
|
---|
4494 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4495 | unsigned cSegments = 1;
|
---|
4496 | size_t cbTaskWrite = 0;
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | /* Synchronous I/O contexts only have one buffer segment. */
|
---|
4499 | AssertMsgReturn(pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf.cSegs == 1,
|
---|
4500 | ("Invalid number of buffer segments for synchronous I/O context"),
|
---|
4501 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4502 |
|
---|
4503 | cbTaskWrite = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &Seg, &cSegments, cbWrite);
|
---|
4504 | Assert(cbWrite == cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4505 | Assert(cSegments == 1);
|
---|
4506 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4507 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4508 | Seg.pvSeg, cbWrite, NULL);
|
---|
4509 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4510 | {
|
---|
4511 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbWrite);
|
---|
4512 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbWrite);
|
---|
4513 | }
|
---|
4514 | }
|
---|
4515 | else
|
---|
4516 | {
|
---|
4517 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
4518 | while (cbWrite)
|
---|
4519 | {
|
---|
4520 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
4521 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
4522 | size_t cbTaskWrite = 0;
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | cbTaskWrite = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbWrite);
|
---|
4525 |
|
---|
4526 | Assert(cSegments > 0);
|
---|
4527 | Assert(cbTaskWrite > 0);
|
---|
4528 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= cbWrite, ("Invalid number of bytes to write\n"));
|
---|
4529 |
|
---|
4530 | LogFlow(("Writing %u bytes from %u segments\n", cbTaskWrite, cSegments));
|
---|
4531 |
|
---|
4532 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
4533 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
4534 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
4535 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
4536 | #endif
|
---|
4537 |
|
---|
4538 | Assert(cbTaskWrite == (uint32_t)cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4539 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pIoCtx, (uint32_t)cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4540 |
|
---|
4541 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4542 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
4547 | Log(("Spawning pIoTask=%p pIoCtx=%p\n", pIoTask, pIoCtx));
|
---|
4548 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4549 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4550 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
4551 | cbTaskWrite, pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4552 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4553 | {
|
---|
4554 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
4555 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4556 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4557 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4558 | }
|
---|
4559 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4560 | {
|
---|
4561 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4562 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4563 | break;
|
---|
4564 | }
|
---|
4565 |
|
---|
4566 | uOffset += cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
4567 | cbWrite -= cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
4568 | }
|
---|
4569 | }
|
---|
4570 |
|
---|
4571 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4572 | return rc;
|
---|
4573 | }
|
---|
4574 |
|
---|
4575 | static int vdIOIntReadMeta(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
4576 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4577 | PPVDMETAXFER ppMetaXfer, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4578 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4579 | {
|
---|
4580 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4581 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4582 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4583 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4584 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4585 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4586 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4587 |
|
---|
4588 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbRead=%u\n",
|
---|
4589 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
4590 |
|
---|
4591 | AssertMsgReturn( pIoCtx
|
---|
4592 | || (!ppMetaXfer && !pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser),
|
---|
4593 | ("A synchronous metadata read is requested but the parameters are wrong\n"),
|
---|
4594 | VERR_INVALID_POINTER);
|
---|
4595 |
|
---|
4596 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4597 | if ( pIoCtx
|
---|
4598 | && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4599 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | if ( !pIoCtx
|
---|
4602 | || pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC)
|
---|
4603 | {
|
---|
4604 | /* Handle synchronous metadata I/O. */
|
---|
4605 | /** @todo: Integrate with metadata transfers below. */
|
---|
4606 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4607 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4608 | pvBuf, cbRead, NULL);
|
---|
4609 | if (ppMetaXfer)
|
---|
4610 | *ppMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4611 | }
|
---|
4612 | else
|
---|
4613 | {
|
---|
4614 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGet(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset);
|
---|
4615 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4616 | {
|
---|
4617 | #ifdef RT_STRICT
|
---|
4618 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGetBestFit(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset, false /* fAbove */);
|
---|
4619 | AssertMsg(!pMetaXfer || (pMetaXfer->Core.Key + (RTFOFF)pMetaXfer->cbMeta <= (RTFOFF)uOffset),
|
---|
4620 | ("Overlapping meta transfers!\n"));
|
---|
4621 | #endif
|
---|
4622 |
|
---|
4623 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4624 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, uOffset, cbRead);
|
---|
4625 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4626 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4627 |
|
---|
4628 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4629 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4630 | {
|
---|
4631 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4632 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4633 | }
|
---|
4634 |
|
---|
4635 | Seg.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
4636 | Seg.pvSeg = pMetaXfer->abData;
|
---|
4637 |
|
---|
4638 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ);
|
---|
4639 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4640 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4641 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
4642 | cbRead, pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4643 |
|
---|
4644 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4645 | {
|
---|
4646 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrFileOffsetInsert(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, &pMetaXfer->Core);
|
---|
4647 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
4648 | }
|
---|
4649 | else
|
---|
4650 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4651 |
|
---|
4652 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4653 | {
|
---|
4654 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4655 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4656 | }
|
---|
4657 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS && !pfnComplete)
|
---|
4658 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
4659 | }
|
---|
4660 |
|
---|
4661 | Assert(VALID_PTR(pMetaXfer) || RT_FAILURE(rc));
|
---|
4662 |
|
---|
4663 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4664 | {
|
---|
4665 | /* If it is pending add the request to the list. */
|
---|
4666 | if (VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ)
|
---|
4667 | {
|
---|
4668 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4669 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4670 |
|
---|
4671 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4672 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4673 |
|
---|
4674 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4675 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4676 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
4677 | }
|
---|
4678 | else
|
---|
4679 | {
|
---|
4680 | /* Transfer the data. */
|
---|
4681 | pMetaXfer->cRefs++;
|
---|
4682 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cbMeta >= cbRead);
|
---|
4683 | Assert(pMetaXfer->Core.Key == (RTFOFF)uOffset);
|
---|
4684 | memcpy(pvBuf, pMetaXfer->abData, cbRead);
|
---|
4685 | *ppMetaXfer = pMetaXfer;
|
---|
4686 | }
|
---|
4687 | }
|
---|
4688 | }
|
---|
4689 |
|
---|
4690 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4691 | return rc;
|
---|
4692 | }
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | static int vdIOIntWriteMeta(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
4695 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4696 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4697 | {
|
---|
4698 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4699 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4700 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4701 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4702 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4703 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4704 | bool fInTree = false;
|
---|
4705 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4706 |
|
---|
4707 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbWrite=%u\n",
|
---|
4708 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
4709 |
|
---|
4710 | AssertMsgReturn( pIoCtx
|
---|
4711 | || (!pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser),
|
---|
4712 | ("A synchronous metadata write is requested but the parameters are wrong\n"),
|
---|
4713 | VERR_INVALID_POINTER);
|
---|
4714 |
|
---|
4715 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4716 | if ( pIoCtx
|
---|
4717 | && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4718 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4719 |
|
---|
4720 | if ( !pIoCtx
|
---|
4721 | || pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC)
|
---|
4722 | {
|
---|
4723 | /* Handle synchronous metadata I/O. */
|
---|
4724 | /** @todo: Integrate with metadata transfers below. */
|
---|
4725 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4726 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4727 | pvBuf, cbWrite, NULL);
|
---|
4728 | }
|
---|
4729 | else
|
---|
4730 | {
|
---|
4731 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGet(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset);
|
---|
4732 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4733 | {
|
---|
4734 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4735 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
4736 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4737 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4738 | }
|
---|
4739 | else
|
---|
4740 | {
|
---|
4741 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cbMeta >= cbWrite);
|
---|
4742 | Assert(pMetaXfer->Core.Key == (RTFOFF)uOffset);
|
---|
4743 | fInTree = true;
|
---|
4744 | }
|
---|
4745 |
|
---|
4746 | Assert(VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4747 |
|
---|
4748 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4749 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4750 | {
|
---|
4751 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4752 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4753 | }
|
---|
4754 |
|
---|
4755 | memcpy(pMetaXfer->abData, pvBuf, cbWrite);
|
---|
4756 | Seg.cbSeg = cbWrite;
|
---|
4757 | Seg.pvSeg = pMetaXfer->abData;
|
---|
4758 |
|
---|
4759 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
4762 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4763 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4764 | uOffset, &Seg, 1, cbWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
4765 | &pvTask);
|
---|
4766 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4767 | {
|
---|
4768 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4769 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4770 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4771 | if (fInTree && !pMetaXfer->cRefs)
|
---|
4772 | {
|
---|
4773 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4774 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4775 | AssertMsg(fRemoved, ("Metadata transfer wasn't removed\n"));
|
---|
4776 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4777 | pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4778 | }
|
---|
4779 | }
|
---|
4780 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4781 | {
|
---|
4782 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4783 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4784 |
|
---|
4785 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4786 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4787 |
|
---|
4788 | if (!fInTree)
|
---|
4789 | {
|
---|
4790 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrFileOffsetInsert(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, &pMetaXfer->Core);
|
---|
4791 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
4792 | }
|
---|
4793 |
|
---|
4794 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4795 | }
|
---|
4796 | else
|
---|
4797 | {
|
---|
4798 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4799 | pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4800 | }
|
---|
4801 | }
|
---|
4802 |
|
---|
4803 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4804 | return rc;
|
---|
4805 | }
|
---|
4806 |
|
---|
4807 | static void vdIOIntMetaXferRelease(void *pvUser, PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4808 | {
|
---|
4809 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4810 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4811 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage;
|
---|
4812 |
|
---|
4813 | /*
|
---|
4814 | * It is possible that we get called with a NULL metadata xfer handle
|
---|
4815 | * for synchronous I/O. Just exit.
|
---|
4816 | */
|
---|
4817 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4818 | return;
|
---|
4819 |
|
---|
4820 | pIoStorage = pMetaXfer->pIoStorage;
|
---|
4821 |
|
---|
4822 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4823 |
|
---|
4824 | Assert( VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE
|
---|
4825 | || VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
4826 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cRefs > 0);
|
---|
4827 |
|
---|
4828 | pMetaXfer->cRefs--;
|
---|
4829 | if ( !pMetaXfer->cRefs
|
---|
4830 | && RTListIsEmpty(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting)
|
---|
4831 | && VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE)
|
---|
4832 | {
|
---|
4833 | /* Free the meta data entry. */
|
---|
4834 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4835 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4836 | AssertMsg(fRemoved, ("Metadata transfer wasn't removed\n"));
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4839 | }
|
---|
4840 | }
|
---|
4841 |
|
---|
4842 | static int vdIOIntFlush(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4843 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4844 | {
|
---|
4845 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4846 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4847 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4848 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4849 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4850 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4851 |
|
---|
4852 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p pIoCtx=%#p\n",
|
---|
4853 | pvUser, pIoStorage, pIoCtx));
|
---|
4854 |
|
---|
4855 | AssertMsgReturn( pIoCtx
|
---|
4856 | || (!pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser),
|
---|
4857 | ("A synchronous metadata write is requested but the parameters are wrong\n"),
|
---|
4858 | VERR_INVALID_POINTER);
|
---|
4859 |
|
---|
4860 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4861 | if ( pIoCtx
|
---|
4862 | && !(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4863 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4864 |
|
---|
4865 | if (pVDIo->fIgnoreFlush)
|
---|
4866 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4867 |
|
---|
4868 | if ( !pIoCtx
|
---|
4869 | || pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC)
|
---|
4870 | {
|
---|
4871 | /* Handle synchronous flushes. */
|
---|
4872 | /** @todo: Integrate with metadata transfers below. */
|
---|
4873 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4874 | pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4875 | }
|
---|
4876 | else
|
---|
4877 | {
|
---|
4878 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4879 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, 0, 0);
|
---|
4880 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4881 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4882 |
|
---|
4883 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4884 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4885 | {
|
---|
4886 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4887 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4888 | }
|
---|
4889 |
|
---|
4890 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4891 |
|
---|
4892 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4893 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4894 |
|
---|
4895 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4896 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4897 |
|
---|
4898 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4899 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH);
|
---|
4900 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4901 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4902 | pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4903 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4904 | {
|
---|
4905 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4906 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4907 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4908 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
4909 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4910 | }
|
---|
4911 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4912 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4913 | }
|
---|
4914 |
|
---|
4915 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4916 | return rc;
|
---|
4917 | }
|
---|
4918 |
|
---|
4919 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxCopyTo(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4920 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
4921 | {
|
---|
4922 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4923 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4924 | size_t cbCopied = 0;
|
---|
4925 |
|
---|
4926 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4927 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4928 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4929 |
|
---|
4930 | cbCopied = vdIoCtxCopyTo(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
4931 | Assert(cbCopied == cbBuf);
|
---|
4932 |
|
---|
4933 | /// @todo Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbCopied); - triggers with vdCopyHelper/dmgRead.
|
---|
4934 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbCopied);
|
---|
4935 |
|
---|
4936 | return cbCopied;
|
---|
4937 | }
|
---|
4938 |
|
---|
4939 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxCopyFrom(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4940 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
4941 | {
|
---|
4942 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4943 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4944 | size_t cbCopied = 0;
|
---|
4945 |
|
---|
4946 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4947 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4948 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | cbCopied = vdIoCtxCopyFrom(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
4951 | Assert(cbCopied == cbBuf);
|
---|
4952 |
|
---|
4953 | /// @todo Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft > cbCopied); - triggers with vdCopyHelper/dmgRead.
|
---|
4954 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbCopied);
|
---|
4955 |
|
---|
4956 | return cbCopied;
|
---|
4957 | }
|
---|
4958 |
|
---|
4959 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxSet(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int ch, size_t cb)
|
---|
4960 | {
|
---|
4961 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4962 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4963 | size_t cbSet = 0;
|
---|
4964 |
|
---|
4965 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4966 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4967 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4968 |
|
---|
4969 | cbSet = vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, ch, cb);
|
---|
4970 | Assert(cbSet == cb);
|
---|
4971 |
|
---|
4972 | /// @todo Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbSet); - triggers with vdCopyHelper/dmgRead.
|
---|
4973 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbSet);
|
---|
4974 |
|
---|
4975 | return cbSet;
|
---|
4976 | }
|
---|
4977 |
|
---|
4978 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxSegArrayCreate(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4979 | PRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned *pcSeg,
|
---|
4980 | size_t cbData)
|
---|
4981 | {
|
---|
4982 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4983 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4984 | size_t cbCreated = 0;
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | /** @todo: It is possible that this gets called from a filter plugin
|
---|
4987 | * outside of the disk lock. Refine assertion or remove completely. */
|
---|
4988 | #if 0
|
---|
4989 | /** @todo: Enable check for sync I/O later. */
|
---|
4990 | if (!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC))
|
---|
4991 | VD_IS_LOCKED(pDisk);
|
---|
4992 | #endif
|
---|
4993 |
|
---|
4994 | cbCreated = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, paSeg, pcSeg, cbData);
|
---|
4995 | Assert(!paSeg || cbData == cbCreated);
|
---|
4996 |
|
---|
4997 | return cbCreated;
|
---|
4998 | }
|
---|
4999 |
|
---|
5000 | static void vdIOIntIoCtxCompleted(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int rcReq,
|
---|
5001 | size_t cbCompleted)
|
---|
5002 | {
|
---|
5003 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5004 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
5005 |
|
---|
5006 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoCtx=%#p rcReq=%Rrc cbCompleted=%zu\n",
|
---|
5007 | pvUser, pIoCtx, rcReq, cbCompleted));
|
---|
5008 |
|
---|
5009 | /*
|
---|
5010 | * Grab the disk critical section to avoid races with other threads which
|
---|
5011 | * might still modify the I/O context.
|
---|
5012 | * Example is that iSCSI is doing an asynchronous write but calls us already
|
---|
5013 | * while the other thread is still hanging in vdWriteHelperAsync and couldn't update
|
---|
5014 | * the blocked state yet.
|
---|
5015 | * It can overwrite the state to true before we call vdIoCtxContinue and the
|
---|
5016 | * the request would hang indefinite.
|
---|
5017 | */
|
---|
5018 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtx->rcReq, rcReq, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
5019 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbCompleted);
|
---|
5020 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, (uint32_t)cbCompleted);
|
---|
5021 |
|
---|
5022 | /* Set next transfer function if the current one finished.
|
---|
5023 | * @todo: Find a better way to prevent vdIoCtxContinue from calling the current helper again. */
|
---|
5024 | if (!pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft)
|
---|
5025 | {
|
---|
5026 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
5027 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
5028 | }
|
---|
5029 |
|
---|
5030 | vdIoCtxAddToWaitingList(&pDisk->pIoCtxHaltedHead, pIoCtx);
|
---|
5031 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, true, false))
|
---|
5032 | {
|
---|
5033 | /* Immediately drop the lock again, it will take care of processing the list. */
|
---|
5034 | vdDiskUnlock(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
5035 | }
|
---|
5036 | }
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | static DECLCALLBACK(bool) vdIOIntIoCtxIsSynchronous(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
5039 | {
|
---|
5040 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5041 | return !!(pIoCtx->fFlags & VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
5042 | }
|
---|
5043 |
|
---|
5044 | static DECLCALLBACK(bool) vdIOIntIoCtxIsZero(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t cbCheck,
|
---|
5045 | bool fAdvance)
|
---|
5046 | {
|
---|
5047 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5048 |
|
---|
5049 | bool fIsZero = RTSgBufIsZero(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbCheck);
|
---|
5050 | if (fIsZero && fAdvance)
|
---|
5051 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbCheck);
|
---|
5052 |
|
---|
5053 | return fIsZero;
|
---|
5054 | }
|
---|
5055 |
|
---|
5056 | static DECLCALLBACK(size_t) vdIOIntIoCtxGetDataUnitSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
5057 | {
|
---|
5058 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5059 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
5060 |
|
---|
5061 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, VD_LAST_IMAGE);
|
---|
5062 | AssertPtrReturn(pImage, 0);
|
---|
5063 | return pImage->Backend->pfnGetSectorSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5064 | }
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | /**
|
---|
5067 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file (limited version for VDGetFormat).
|
---|
5068 | */
|
---|
5069 | static int vdIOIntOpenLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
5070 | uint32_t fOpen, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
5071 | {
|
---|
5072 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5073 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5074 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
5075 |
|
---|
5076 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
5077 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5078 |
|
---|
5079 | rc = pInterfaceIo->pfnOpen(NULL, pszLocation, fOpen, NULL, &pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
5080 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5081 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
5082 | else
|
---|
5083 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | return rc;
|
---|
5086 | }
|
---|
5087 |
|
---|
5088 | static int vdIOIntCloseLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
5089 | {
|
---|
5090 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5091 | int rc = pInterfaceIo->pfnClose(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
5092 |
|
---|
5093 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
5094 | return rc;
|
---|
5095 | }
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | static int vdIOIntDeleteLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
5098 | {
|
---|
5099 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5100 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnDelete(NULL, pcszFilename);
|
---|
5101 | }
|
---|
5102 |
|
---|
5103 | static int vdIOIntMoveLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc,
|
---|
5104 | const char *pcszDst, unsigned fMove)
|
---|
5105 | {
|
---|
5106 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5107 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnMove(NULL, pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
5108 | }
|
---|
5109 |
|
---|
5110 | static int vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
5111 | int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
5112 | {
|
---|
5113 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5114 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetFreeSpace(NULL, pcszFilename, pcbFreeSpace);
|
---|
5115 | }
|
---|
5116 |
|
---|
5117 | static int vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited(void *pvUser,
|
---|
5118 | const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
5119 | PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
5120 | {
|
---|
5121 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5122 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetModificationTime(NULL, pcszFilename, pModificationTime);
|
---|
5123 | }
|
---|
5124 |
|
---|
5125 | static int vdIOIntGetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
5126 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
5127 | {
|
---|
5128 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5129 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetSize(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, pcbSize);
|
---|
5130 | }
|
---|
5131 |
|
---|
5132 | static int vdIOIntSetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
5133 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
5134 | {
|
---|
5135 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5136 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnSetSize(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, cbSize);
|
---|
5137 | }
|
---|
5138 |
|
---|
5139 | static int vdIOIntWriteUserLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pStorage,
|
---|
5140 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
5141 | size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
5142 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
5143 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
5144 | {
|
---|
5145 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5146 | NOREF(pStorage);
|
---|
5147 | NOREF(uOffset);
|
---|
5148 | NOREF(pIoCtx);
|
---|
5149 | NOREF(cbWrite);
|
---|
5150 | NOREF(pfnComplete);
|
---|
5151 | NOREF(pvCompleteUser);
|
---|
5152 | AssertMsgFailedReturn(("This needs to be implemented when called\n"), VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
|
---|
5153 | }
|
---|
5154 |
|
---|
5155 | static int vdIOIntReadUserLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pStorage,
|
---|
5156 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
5157 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
5158 | {
|
---|
5159 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5160 | NOREF(pStorage);
|
---|
5161 | NOREF(uOffset);
|
---|
5162 | NOREF(pIoCtx);
|
---|
5163 | NOREF(cbRead);
|
---|
5164 | AssertMsgFailedReturn(("This needs to be implemented when called\n"), VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED);
|
---|
5165 | }
|
---|
5166 |
|
---|
5167 | static int vdIOIntWriteMetaLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pStorage,
|
---|
5168 | uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuffer,
|
---|
5169 | size_t cbBuffer, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
5170 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
5171 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
5172 | {
|
---|
5173 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5174 |
|
---|
5175 | AssertMsgReturn(!pIoCtx && !pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser,
|
---|
5176 | ("Async I/O not implemented for the limited interface"),
|
---|
5177 | VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
5178 |
|
---|
5179 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteSync(NULL, pStorage->pStorage, uOffset, pvBuffer, cbBuffer, NULL);
|
---|
5180 | }
|
---|
5181 |
|
---|
5182 | static int vdIOIntReadMetaLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pStorage,
|
---|
5183 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuffer,
|
---|
5184 | size_t cbBuffer, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
5185 | PPVDMETAXFER ppMetaXfer,
|
---|
5186 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
5187 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
5188 | {
|
---|
5189 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5190 |
|
---|
5191 | AssertMsgReturn(!pIoCtx && !ppMetaXfer && !pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser,
|
---|
5192 | ("Async I/O not implemented for the limited interface"),
|
---|
5193 | VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
5194 |
|
---|
5195 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnReadSync(NULL, pStorage->pStorage, uOffset, pvBuffer, cbBuffer, NULL);
|
---|
5196 | }
|
---|
5197 |
|
---|
5198 | static int vdIOIntMetaXferReleaseLimited(void *pvUser, PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer)
|
---|
5199 | {
|
---|
5200 | /* This is a NOP in this case. */
|
---|
5201 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5202 | NOREF(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
5203 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5204 | }
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | static int vdIOIntFlushLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pStorage,
|
---|
5207 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
5208 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
5209 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
5210 | {
|
---|
5211 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
5212 |
|
---|
5213 | AssertMsgReturn(!pIoCtx && !pfnComplete && !pvCompleteUser,
|
---|
5214 | ("Async I/O not implemented for the limited interface"),
|
---|
5215 | VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
5216 |
|
---|
5217 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushSync(NULL, pStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
5218 | }
|
---|
5219 |
|
---|
5220 | /**
|
---|
5221 | * internal: send output to the log (unconditionally).
|
---|
5222 | */
|
---|
5223 | int vdLogMessage(void *pvUser, const char *pszFormat, va_list args)
|
---|
5224 | {
|
---|
5225 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
5226 | RTLogPrintfV(pszFormat, args);
|
---|
5227 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5228 | }
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | DECLINLINE(int) vdMessageWrapper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
5231 | {
|
---|
5232 | va_list va;
|
---|
5233 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
5234 | int rc = pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage(pDisk->pInterfaceError->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
5235 | pszFormat, va);
|
---|
5236 | va_end(va);
|
---|
5237 | return rc;
|
---|
5238 | }
|
---|
5239 |
|
---|
5240 |
|
---|
5241 | /**
|
---|
5242 | * internal: adjust PCHS geometry
|
---|
5243 | */
|
---|
5244 | static void vdFixupPCHSGeometry(PVDGEOMETRY pPCHS, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
5245 | {
|
---|
5246 | /* Fix broken PCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either the backend
|
---|
5247 | * mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used to create the source
|
---|
5248 | * image has put garbage in it. Additionally, if the PCHS geometry covers
|
---|
5249 | * more than the image size, set it back to the default. */
|
---|
5250 | if ( pPCHS->cHeads > 16
|
---|
5251 | || pPCHS->cSectors > 63
|
---|
5252 | || pPCHS->cCylinders == 0
|
---|
5253 | || (uint64_t)pPCHS->cHeads * pPCHS->cSectors * pPCHS->cCylinders * 512 > cbSize)
|
---|
5254 | {
|
---|
5255 | Assert(!(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383)));
|
---|
5256 | pPCHS->cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383);
|
---|
5257 | pPCHS->cHeads = 16;
|
---|
5258 | pPCHS->cSectors = 63;
|
---|
5259 | }
|
---|
5260 | }
|
---|
5261 |
|
---|
5262 | /**
|
---|
5263 | * internal: adjust PCHS geometry
|
---|
5264 | */
|
---|
5265 | static void vdFixupLCHSGeometry(PVDGEOMETRY pLCHS, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
5266 | {
|
---|
5267 | /* Fix broken LCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either the backend
|
---|
5268 | * mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used to create the source
|
---|
5269 | * image has put garbage in it. The fix in this case is to clear the LCHS
|
---|
5270 | * geometry to trigger autodetection when it is used next. If the geometry
|
---|
5271 | * already says "please autodetect" (cylinders=0) keep it. */
|
---|
5272 | if ( ( pLCHS->cHeads > 255
|
---|
5273 | || pLCHS->cHeads == 0
|
---|
5274 | || pLCHS->cSectors > 63
|
---|
5275 | || pLCHS->cSectors == 0)
|
---|
5276 | && pLCHS->cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
5277 | {
|
---|
5278 | pLCHS->cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5279 | pLCHS->cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5280 | pLCHS->cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5281 | }
|
---|
5282 | /* Always recompute the number of cylinders stored in the LCHS
|
---|
5283 | * geometry if it isn't set to "autotedetect" at the moment.
|
---|
5284 | * This is very useful if the destination image size is
|
---|
5285 | * larger or smaller than the source image size. Do not modify
|
---|
5286 | * the number of heads and sectors. Windows guests hate it. */
|
---|
5287 | if ( pLCHS->cCylinders != 0
|
---|
5288 | && pLCHS->cHeads != 0 /* paranoia */
|
---|
5289 | && pLCHS->cSectors != 0 /* paranoia */)
|
---|
5290 | {
|
---|
5291 | Assert(!(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024)));
|
---|
5292 | pLCHS->cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024);
|
---|
5293 | }
|
---|
5294 | }
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | /**
|
---|
5297 | * Sets the I/O callbacks of the given interface to the fallback methods
|
---|
5298 | *
|
---|
5299 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
5300 | * @param pIfIo The I/O interface to setup.
|
---|
5301 | */
|
---|
5302 | static void vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(PVDINTERFACEIO pIfIo)
|
---|
5303 | {
|
---|
5304 | pIfIo->pfnOpen = vdIOOpenFallback;
|
---|
5305 | pIfIo->pfnClose = vdIOCloseFallback;
|
---|
5306 | pIfIo->pfnDelete = vdIODeleteFallback;
|
---|
5307 | pIfIo->pfnMove = vdIOMoveFallback;
|
---|
5308 | pIfIo->pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOGetFreeSpaceFallback;
|
---|
5309 | pIfIo->pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOGetModificationTimeFallback;
|
---|
5310 | pIfIo->pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSizeFallback;
|
---|
5311 | pIfIo->pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSizeFallback;
|
---|
5312 | pIfIo->pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSyncFallback;
|
---|
5313 | pIfIo->pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSyncFallback;
|
---|
5314 | pIfIo->pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSyncFallback;
|
---|
5315 | pIfIo->pfnReadAsync = vdIOReadAsyncFallback;
|
---|
5316 | pIfIo->pfnWriteAsync = vdIOWriteAsyncFallback;
|
---|
5317 | pIfIo->pfnFlushAsync = vdIOFlushAsyncFallback;
|
---|
5318 | }
|
---|
5319 |
|
---|
5320 | /**
|
---|
5321 | * Sets the internal I/O callbacks of the given interface.
|
---|
5322 | *
|
---|
5323 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
5324 | * @param pIfIoInt The internal I/O interface to setup.
|
---|
5325 | */
|
---|
5326 | static void vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(PVDINTERFACEIOINT pIfIoInt)
|
---|
5327 | {
|
---|
5328 | pIfIoInt->pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpen;
|
---|
5329 | pIfIoInt->pfnClose = vdIOIntClose;
|
---|
5330 | pIfIoInt->pfnDelete = vdIOIntDelete;
|
---|
5331 | pIfIoInt->pfnMove = vdIOIntMove;
|
---|
5332 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpace;
|
---|
5333 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTime;
|
---|
5334 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSize;
|
---|
5335 | pIfIoInt->pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSize;
|
---|
5336 | pIfIoInt->pfnReadUser = vdIOIntReadUser;
|
---|
5337 | pIfIoInt->pfnWriteUser = vdIOIntWriteUser;
|
---|
5338 | pIfIoInt->pfnReadMeta = vdIOIntReadMeta;
|
---|
5339 | pIfIoInt->pfnWriteMeta = vdIOIntWriteMeta;
|
---|
5340 | pIfIoInt->pfnMetaXferRelease = vdIOIntMetaXferRelease;
|
---|
5341 | pIfIoInt->pfnFlush = vdIOIntFlush;
|
---|
5342 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCopyFrom = vdIOIntIoCtxCopyFrom;
|
---|
5343 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCopyTo = vdIOIntIoCtxCopyTo;
|
---|
5344 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxSet = vdIOIntIoCtxSet;
|
---|
5345 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxSegArrayCreate = vdIOIntIoCtxSegArrayCreate;
|
---|
5346 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCompleted = vdIOIntIoCtxCompleted;
|
---|
5347 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxIsSynchronous = vdIOIntIoCtxIsSynchronous;
|
---|
5348 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxIsZero = vdIOIntIoCtxIsZero;
|
---|
5349 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxGetDataUnitSize = vdIOIntIoCtxGetDataUnitSize;
|
---|
5350 | }
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | /**
|
---|
5353 | * Internally used completion handler for synchronous I/O contexts.
|
---|
5354 | */
|
---|
5355 | static DECLCALLBACK(void) vdIoCtxSyncComplete(void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2, int rcReq)
|
---|
5356 | {
|
---|
5357 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)pvUser1;
|
---|
5358 | RTSEMEVENT hEvent = (RTSEMEVENT)pvUser2;
|
---|
5359 |
|
---|
5360 | RTSemEventSignal(hEvent);
|
---|
5361 | }
|
---|
5362 |
|
---|
5363 | /**
|
---|
5364 | * Initializes HDD backends.
|
---|
5365 | *
|
---|
5366 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5367 | */
|
---|
5368 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDInit(void)
|
---|
5369 | {
|
---|
5370 | int rc = vdAddBackends(aStaticBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticBackends));
|
---|
5371 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5372 | {
|
---|
5373 | rc = vdAddCacheBackends(aStaticCacheBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticCacheBackends));
|
---|
5374 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5375 | {
|
---|
5376 | RTListInit(&g_ListPluginsLoaded);
|
---|
5377 | rc = vdLoadDynamicBackends();
|
---|
5378 | }
|
---|
5379 | }
|
---|
5380 | LogRel(("VDInit finished\n"));
|
---|
5381 | return rc;
|
---|
5382 | }
|
---|
5383 |
|
---|
5384 | /**
|
---|
5385 | * Destroys loaded HDD backends.
|
---|
5386 | *
|
---|
5387 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5388 | */
|
---|
5389 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDShutdown(void)
|
---|
5390 | {
|
---|
5391 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *pBackends = g_apBackends;
|
---|
5392 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND *pCacheBackends = g_apCacheBackends;
|
---|
5393 | unsigned cBackends = g_cBackends;
|
---|
5394 |
|
---|
5395 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5396 | return VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR;
|
---|
5397 |
|
---|
5398 | if (g_apCacheBackends)
|
---|
5399 | RTMemFree(g_apCacheBackends);
|
---|
5400 | RTMemFree(g_apBackends);
|
---|
5401 |
|
---|
5402 | g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
5403 | g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
5404 |
|
---|
5405 | /* Clear the supported cache backends. */
|
---|
5406 | g_cCacheBackends = 0;
|
---|
5407 | g_apCacheBackends = NULL;
|
---|
5408 |
|
---|
5409 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
5410 | PVDPLUGIN pPlugin, pPluginNext;
|
---|
5411 |
|
---|
5412 | RTListForEachSafe(&g_ListPluginsLoaded, pPlugin, pPluginNext, VDPLUGIN, NodePlugin)
|
---|
5413 | {
|
---|
5414 | RTLdrClose(pPlugin->hPlugin);
|
---|
5415 | RTStrFree(pPlugin->pszFilename);
|
---|
5416 | RTListNodeRemove(&pPlugin->NodePlugin);
|
---|
5417 | RTMemFree(pPlugin);
|
---|
5418 | }
|
---|
5419 | #endif
|
---|
5420 |
|
---|
5421 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5422 | }
|
---|
5423 |
|
---|
5424 | /**
|
---|
5425 | * Loads a single plugin given by filename.
|
---|
5426 | *
|
---|
5427 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5428 | * @param pszFilename The plugin filename to load.
|
---|
5429 | */
|
---|
5430 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDPluginLoadFromFilename(const char *pszFilename)
|
---|
5431 | {
|
---|
5432 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5433 | {
|
---|
5434 | int rc = VDInit();
|
---|
5435 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5436 | return rc;
|
---|
5437 | }
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 | return vdPluginLoadFromFilename(pszFilename);
|
---|
5440 | }
|
---|
5441 |
|
---|
5442 | /**
|
---|
5443 | * Load all plugins from a given path.
|
---|
5444 | *
|
---|
5445 | * @returns VBox statuse code.
|
---|
5446 | * @param pszPath The path to load plugins from.
|
---|
5447 | */
|
---|
5448 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDPluginLoadFromPath(const char *pszPath)
|
---|
5449 | {
|
---|
5450 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5451 | {
|
---|
5452 | int rc = VDInit();
|
---|
5453 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5454 | return rc;
|
---|
5455 | }
|
---|
5456 |
|
---|
5457 | return vdPluginLoadFromPath(pszPath);
|
---|
5458 | }
|
---|
5459 |
|
---|
5460 | /**
|
---|
5461 | * Lists all HDD backends and their capabilities in a caller-provided buffer.
|
---|
5462 | *
|
---|
5463 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5464 | * VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if not enough space is passed.
|
---|
5465 | * @param cEntriesAlloc Number of list entries available.
|
---|
5466 | * @param pEntries Pointer to array for the entries.
|
---|
5467 | * @param pcEntriesUsed Number of entries returned.
|
---|
5468 | */
|
---|
5469 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfo(unsigned cEntriesAlloc, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntries,
|
---|
5470 | unsigned *pcEntriesUsed)
|
---|
5471 | {
|
---|
5472 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5473 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
5474 | unsigned cEntries = 0;
|
---|
5475 |
|
---|
5476 | LogFlowFunc(("cEntriesAlloc=%u pEntries=%#p pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", cEntriesAlloc, pEntries, pcEntriesUsed));
|
---|
5477 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5478 | AssertMsgReturn(cEntriesAlloc,
|
---|
5479 | ("cEntriesAlloc=%u\n", cEntriesAlloc),
|
---|
5480 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5481 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntries),
|
---|
5482 | ("pEntries=%#p\n", pEntries),
|
---|
5483 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5484 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
5485 | ("pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
5486 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5487 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5488 | VDInit();
|
---|
5489 |
|
---|
5490 | if (cEntriesAlloc < g_cBackends)
|
---|
5491 | {
|
---|
5492 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
5493 | return VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
5494 | }
|
---|
5495 |
|
---|
5496 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5497 | {
|
---|
5498 | pEntries[i].pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5499 | pEntries[i].uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
5500 | pEntries[i].paFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
5501 | pEntries[i].paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5502 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeLocation = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeLocation;
|
---|
5503 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeName = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeName;
|
---|
5504 | }
|
---|
5505 |
|
---|
5506 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *pcEntriesUsed=%u\n", rc, cEntries));
|
---|
5507 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
5508 | return rc;
|
---|
5509 | }
|
---|
5510 |
|
---|
5511 | /**
|
---|
5512 | * Lists the capabilities of a backend identified by its name.
|
---|
5513 | *
|
---|
5514 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5515 | * @param pszBackend The backend name.
|
---|
5516 | * @param pEntries Pointer to an entry.
|
---|
5517 | */
|
---|
5518 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoOne(const char *pszBackend, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntry)
|
---|
5519 | {
|
---|
5520 | LogFlowFunc(("pszBackend=%#p pEntry=%#p\n", pszBackend, pEntry));
|
---|
5521 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5522 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
5523 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
5524 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5525 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntry),
|
---|
5526 | ("pEntry=%#p\n", pEntry),
|
---|
5527 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5528 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5529 | VDInit();
|
---|
5530 |
|
---|
5531 | /* Go through loaded backends. */
|
---|
5532 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5533 | {
|
---|
5534 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
5535 | {
|
---|
5536 | pEntry->pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5537 | pEntry->uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
5538 | pEntry->paFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
5539 | pEntry->paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5540 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5541 | }
|
---|
5542 | }
|
---|
5543 |
|
---|
5544 | return VERR_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5545 | }
|
---|
5546 |
|
---|
5547 | /**
|
---|
5548 | * Lists all filters and their capabilities in a caller-provided buffer.
|
---|
5549 | *
|
---|
5550 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
5551 | * VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if not enough space is passed.
|
---|
5552 | * @param cEntriesAlloc Number of list entries available.
|
---|
5553 | * @param pEntries Pointer to array for the entries.
|
---|
5554 | * @param pcEntriesUsed Number of entries returned.
|
---|
5555 | */
|
---|
5556 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFilterInfo(unsigned cEntriesAlloc, PVDFILTERINFO pEntries,
|
---|
5557 | unsigned *pcEntriesUsed)
|
---|
5558 | {
|
---|
5559 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5560 | unsigned cEntries = 0;
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | LogFlowFunc(("cEntriesAlloc=%u pEntries=%#p pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", cEntriesAlloc, pEntries, pcEntriesUsed));
|
---|
5563 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5564 | AssertMsgReturn(cEntriesAlloc,
|
---|
5565 | ("cEntriesAlloc=%u\n", cEntriesAlloc),
|
---|
5566 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5567 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntries),
|
---|
5568 | ("pEntries=%#p\n", pEntries),
|
---|
5569 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5570 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
5571 | ("pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
5572 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5573 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5574 | VDInit();
|
---|
5575 |
|
---|
5576 | if (cEntriesAlloc < g_cFilterBackends)
|
---|
5577 | {
|
---|
5578 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cFilterBackends;
|
---|
5579 | return VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
5580 | }
|
---|
5581 |
|
---|
5582 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cFilterBackends; i++)
|
---|
5583 | {
|
---|
5584 | pEntries[i].pszFilter = g_apFilterBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5585 | pEntries[i].paConfigInfo = g_apFilterBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5586 | }
|
---|
5587 |
|
---|
5588 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *pcEntriesUsed=%u\n", rc, cEntries));
|
---|
5589 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cFilterBackends;
|
---|
5590 | return rc;
|
---|
5591 | }
|
---|
5592 |
|
---|
5593 | /**
|
---|
5594 | * Lists the capabilities of a filter identified by its name.
|
---|
5595 | *
|
---|
5596 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
5597 | * @param pszFilter The filter name (case insensitive).
|
---|
5598 | * @param pEntries Pointer to an entry.
|
---|
5599 | */
|
---|
5600 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFilterInfoOne(const char *pszFilter, PVDFILTERINFO pEntry)
|
---|
5601 | {
|
---|
5602 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilter=%#p pEntry=%#p\n", pszFilter, pEntry));
|
---|
5603 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5604 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilter),
|
---|
5605 | ("pszFilter=%#p\n", pszFilter),
|
---|
5606 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5607 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntry),
|
---|
5608 | ("pEntry=%#p\n", pEntry),
|
---|
5609 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5610 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5611 | VDInit();
|
---|
5612 |
|
---|
5613 | /* Go through loaded backends. */
|
---|
5614 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cFilterBackends; i++)
|
---|
5615 | {
|
---|
5616 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszFilter, g_apFilterBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
5617 | {
|
---|
5618 | pEntry->pszFilter = g_apFilterBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5619 | pEntry->paConfigInfo = g_apFilterBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5620 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5621 | }
|
---|
5622 | }
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | return VERR_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5625 | }
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | /**
|
---|
5628 | * Allocates and initializes an empty HDD container.
|
---|
5629 | * No image files are opened.
|
---|
5630 | *
|
---|
5631 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5632 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
5633 | * @param enmType Type of the image container.
|
---|
5634 | * @param ppDisk Where to store the reference to HDD container.
|
---|
5635 | */
|
---|
5636 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreate(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, VDTYPE enmType, PVBOXHDD *ppDisk)
|
---|
5637 | {
|
---|
5638 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5639 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = NULL;
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | LogFlowFunc(("pVDIfsDisk=%#p\n", pVDIfsDisk));
|
---|
5642 | do
|
---|
5643 | {
|
---|
5644 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5645 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(ppDisk),
|
---|
5646 | ("ppDisk=%#p\n", ppDisk),
|
---|
5647 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5648 |
|
---|
5649 | pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VBOXHDD));
|
---|
5650 | if (pDisk)
|
---|
5651 | {
|
---|
5652 | pDisk->u32Signature = VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE;
|
---|
5653 | pDisk->enmType = enmType;
|
---|
5654 | pDisk->cImages = 0;
|
---|
5655 | pDisk->pBase = NULL;
|
---|
5656 | pDisk->pLast = NULL;
|
---|
5657 | pDisk->cbSize = 0;
|
---|
5658 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5659 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5660 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5661 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5662 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5663 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5664 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk = pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
5665 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = NULL;
|
---|
5666 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = NULL;
|
---|
5667 | pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner = NULL;
|
---|
5668 | pDisk->pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
5669 | pDisk->fLocked = false;
|
---|
5670 | pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx = NIL_RTMEMCACHE;
|
---|
5671 | pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask = NIL_RTMEMCACHE;
|
---|
5672 | pDisk->pFilterHead = NULL;
|
---|
5673 | pDisk->pFilterTail = NULL;
|
---|
5674 |
|
---|
5675 | /* Create the I/O ctx cache */
|
---|
5676 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, sizeof(VDIOCTX), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
5677 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
5678 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5679 | break;
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | /* Create the I/O task cache */
|
---|
5682 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, sizeof(VDIOTASK), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
5683 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
5684 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5685 | break;
|
---|
5686 |
|
---|
5687 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = VDIfErrorGet(pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
5688 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = VDIfThreadSyncGet(pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
5689 |
|
---|
5690 | *ppDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5691 | }
|
---|
5692 | else
|
---|
5693 | {
|
---|
5694 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5695 | break;
|
---|
5696 | }
|
---|
5697 | } while (0);
|
---|
5698 |
|
---|
5699 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
5700 | && pDisk)
|
---|
5701 | {
|
---|
5702 | if (pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx != NIL_RTMEMCACHE)
|
---|
5703 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
5704 | if (pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask != NIL_RTMEMCACHE)
|
---|
5705 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
5706 | }
|
---|
5707 |
|
---|
5708 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc (pDisk=%#p)\n", rc, pDisk));
|
---|
5709 | return rc;
|
---|
5710 | }
|
---|
5711 |
|
---|
5712 | /**
|
---|
5713 | * Destroys HDD container.
|
---|
5714 | * If container has opened image files they will be closed.
|
---|
5715 | *
|
---|
5716 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5717 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5718 | */
|
---|
5719 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
5720 | {
|
---|
5721 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5722 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
5723 | do
|
---|
5724 | {
|
---|
5725 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5726 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
5727 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5728 | Assert(!pDisk->fLocked);
|
---|
5729 |
|
---|
5730 | rc = VDCloseAll(pDisk);
|
---|
5731 | int rc2 = VDFilterRemoveAll(pDisk);
|
---|
5732 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5733 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
5734 |
|
---|
5735 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
5736 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
5737 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
5738 | } while (0);
|
---|
5739 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5740 | return rc;
|
---|
5741 | }
|
---|
5742 |
|
---|
5743 | /**
|
---|
5744 | * Try to get the backend name which can use this image.
|
---|
5745 | *
|
---|
5746 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5747 | * VINF_SUCCESS if a plugin was found.
|
---|
5748 | * ppszFormat contains the string which can be used as backend name.
|
---|
5749 | * VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if no backend was found.
|
---|
5750 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
5751 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
5752 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file for which the backend is queried.
|
---|
5753 | * @param ppszFormat Receives pointer of the UTF-8 string which contains the format name.
|
---|
5754 | * The returned pointer must be freed using RTStrFree().
|
---|
5755 | */
|
---|
5756 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFormat(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5757 | const char *pszFilename, char **ppszFormat, VDTYPE *penmType)
|
---|
5758 | {
|
---|
5759 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5760 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
5761 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
5762 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
5763 |
|
---|
5764 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
5765 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5766 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5767 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5768 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5769 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(ppszFormat),
|
---|
5770 | ("ppszFormat=%#p\n", ppszFormat),
|
---|
5771 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5772 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(penmType),
|
---|
5773 | ("penmType=%#p\n", penmType),
|
---|
5774 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5775 |
|
---|
5776 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5777 | VDInit();
|
---|
5778 |
|
---|
5779 | pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5780 | if (!pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
5781 | {
|
---|
5782 | /*
|
---|
5783 | * Caller doesn't provide an I/O interface, create our own using the
|
---|
5784 | * native file API.
|
---|
5785 | */
|
---|
5786 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&VDIfIoFallback);
|
---|
5787 | pInterfaceIo = &VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
5788 | }
|
---|
5789 |
|
---|
5790 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
5791 | AssertReturn(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5792 | VDIfIoInt.pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpenLimited;
|
---|
5793 | VDIfIoInt.pfnClose = vdIOIntCloseLimited;
|
---|
5794 | VDIfIoInt.pfnDelete = vdIOIntDeleteLimited;
|
---|
5795 | VDIfIoInt.pfnMove = vdIOIntMoveLimited;
|
---|
5796 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited;
|
---|
5797 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited;
|
---|
5798 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
5799 | VDIfIoInt.pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
5800 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadUser = vdIOIntReadUserLimited;
|
---|
5801 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteUser = vdIOIntWriteUserLimited;
|
---|
5802 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadMeta = vdIOIntReadMetaLimited;
|
---|
5803 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteMeta = vdIOIntWriteMetaLimited;
|
---|
5804 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlush = vdIOIntFlushLimited;
|
---|
5805 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
5806 | pInterfaceIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5807 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
5808 |
|
---|
5809 | /* Find the backend supporting this file format. */
|
---|
5810 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5811 | {
|
---|
5812 | if (g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid)
|
---|
5813 | {
|
---|
5814 | rc = g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5815 | pVDIfsImage, penmType);
|
---|
5816 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
5817 | /* The correct backend has been found, but there is a small
|
---|
5818 | * incompatibility so that the file cannot be used. Stop here
|
---|
5819 | * and signal success - the actual open will of course fail,
|
---|
5820 | * but that will create a really sensible error message. */
|
---|
5821 | || ( rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5822 | && rc != VERR_VD_VDI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5823 | && rc != VERR_VD_VMDK_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5824 | && rc != VERR_VD_ISCSI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5825 | && rc != VERR_VD_VHD_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5826 | && rc != VERR_VD_RAW_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5827 | && rc != VERR_VD_PARALLELS_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5828 | && rc != VERR_VD_DMG_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
5829 | {
|
---|
5830 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
5831 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5832 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
5833 | {
|
---|
5834 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5835 | break;
|
---|
5836 | }
|
---|
5837 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
5838 | /* Do not consider the typical file access errors as success,
|
---|
5839 | * which allows the caller to deal with such issues. */
|
---|
5840 | if ( rc != VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
5841 | && rc != VERR_PATH_NOT_FOUND
|
---|
5842 | && rc != VERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
|
---|
5843 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5844 | break;
|
---|
5845 | }
|
---|
5846 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5847 | }
|
---|
5848 | }
|
---|
5849 |
|
---|
5850 | /* Try the cache backends. */
|
---|
5851 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
5852 | {
|
---|
5853 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cCacheBackends; i++)
|
---|
5854 | {
|
---|
5855 | if (g_apCacheBackends[i]->pfnProbe)
|
---|
5856 | {
|
---|
5857 | rc = g_apCacheBackends[i]->pfnProbe(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5858 | pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5859 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
5860 | || (rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
5861 | {
|
---|
5862 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
5863 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5864 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
5865 | {
|
---|
5866 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5867 | break;
|
---|
5868 | }
|
---|
5869 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
5870 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5871 | break;
|
---|
5872 | }
|
---|
5873 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5874 | }
|
---|
5875 | }
|
---|
5876 | }
|
---|
5877 |
|
---|
5878 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *ppszFormat=\"%s\"\n", rc, *ppszFormat));
|
---|
5879 | return rc;
|
---|
5880 | }
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | /**
|
---|
5883 | * Opens an image file.
|
---|
5884 | *
|
---|
5885 | * The first opened image file in HDD container must have a base image type,
|
---|
5886 | * others (next opened images) must be a differencing or undo images.
|
---|
5887 | * Linkage is checked for differencing image to be in consistence with the previously opened image.
|
---|
5888 | * When another differencing image is opened and the last image was opened in read/write access
|
---|
5889 | * mode, then the last image is reopened in read-only with deny write sharing mode. This allows
|
---|
5890 | * other processes to use images in read-only mode too.
|
---|
5891 | *
|
---|
5892 | * Note that the image is opened in read-only mode if a read/write open is not possible.
|
---|
5893 | * Use VDIsReadOnly to check open mode.
|
---|
5894 | *
|
---|
5895 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5896 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5897 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
5898 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to open.
|
---|
5899 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
5900 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
5901 | */
|
---|
5902 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
5903 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
5904 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage)
|
---|
5905 | {
|
---|
5906 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5907 | int rc2;
|
---|
5908 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5909 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
5910 |
|
---|
5911 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsImage=%#p\n",
|
---|
5912 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage));
|
---|
5913 |
|
---|
5914 | do
|
---|
5915 | {
|
---|
5916 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5917 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5918 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5921 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
5922 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
5923 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5924 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5925 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5926 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5927 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
5928 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5929 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5930 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_SKIP_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS)
|
---|
5931 | || (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY),
|
---|
5932 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5933 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5934 |
|
---|
5935 | /*
|
---|
5936 | * Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks
|
---|
5937 | * for the currently opened image which will be switched to readonly mode.
|
---|
5938 | */
|
---|
5939 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
5940 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5941 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5942 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5943 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
5944 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5945 | break;
|
---|
5946 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5947 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5948 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5949 |
|
---|
5950 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
5951 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
5952 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
5953 | {
|
---|
5954 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5955 | break;
|
---|
5956 | }
|
---|
5957 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
5958 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
5959 | {
|
---|
5960 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5961 | break;
|
---|
5962 | }
|
---|
5963 |
|
---|
5964 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5965 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
5966 |
|
---|
5967 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
5968 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5969 | break;
|
---|
5970 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
5971 | {
|
---|
5972 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5973 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5974 | break;
|
---|
5975 | }
|
---|
5976 |
|
---|
5977 | /*
|
---|
5978 | * Fail if the backend can't do async I/O but the
|
---|
5979 | * flag is set.
|
---|
5980 | */
|
---|
5981 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_ASYNC)
|
---|
5982 | && (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_ASYNC_IO))
|
---|
5983 | {
|
---|
5984 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5985 | N_("VD: Backend '%s' does not support async I/O"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5986 | break;
|
---|
5987 | }
|
---|
5988 |
|
---|
5989 | /*
|
---|
5990 | * Fail if the backend doesn't support the discard operation but the
|
---|
5991 | * flag is set.
|
---|
5992 | */
|
---|
5993 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_DISCARD)
|
---|
5994 | && (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD))
|
---|
5995 | {
|
---|
5996 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_VD_DISCARD_NOT_SUPPORTED, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5997 | N_("VD: Backend '%s' does not support discard"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5998 | break;
|
---|
5999 | }
|
---|
6000 |
|
---|
6001 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6002 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6003 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6004 | {
|
---|
6005 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6006 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6007 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6008 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6009 | }
|
---|
6010 |
|
---|
6011 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6012 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6013 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6014 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6015 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6016 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6017 |
|
---|
6018 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & (VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS);
|
---|
6019 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
6020 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
6021 | uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS),
|
---|
6022 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6023 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6024 | pDisk->enmType,
|
---|
6025 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6026 | /*
|
---|
6027 | * If the image is corrupted and there is a repair method try to repair it
|
---|
6028 | * first if it was openend in read-write mode and open again afterwards.
|
---|
6029 | */
|
---|
6030 | if ( RT_UNLIKELY(rc == VERR_VD_IMAGE_CORRUPTED)
|
---|
6031 | && !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
6032 | && pImage->Backend->pfnRepair)
|
---|
6033 | {
|
---|
6034 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRepair(pszFilename, pDisk->pVDIfsDisk, pImage->pVDIfsImage, 0 /* fFlags */);
|
---|
6035 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6036 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
6037 | uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS),
|
---|
6038 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6039 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6040 | pDisk->enmType,
|
---|
6041 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6042 | else
|
---|
6043 | {
|
---|
6044 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6045 | N_("VD: error %Rrc repairing corrupted image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
6046 | break;
|
---|
6047 | }
|
---|
6048 | }
|
---|
6049 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(rc == VERR_VD_IMAGE_CORRUPTED))
|
---|
6050 | {
|
---|
6051 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6052 | N_("VD: Image file '%s' is corrupted and can't be opened"), pszFilename);
|
---|
6053 | break;
|
---|
6054 | }
|
---|
6055 |
|
---|
6056 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
6057 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6058 | {
|
---|
6059 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
6060 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
6061 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
6062 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
6063 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
6064 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
6065 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
6066 | (uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS))
|
---|
6067 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
6068 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6069 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6070 | pDisk->enmType,
|
---|
6071 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6072 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6073 | {
|
---|
6074 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6075 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
6076 | break;
|
---|
6077 | }
|
---|
6078 | }
|
---|
6079 |
|
---|
6080 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6081 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6082 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6083 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6084 |
|
---|
6085 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
6086 |
|
---|
6087 | /* Check image type. As the image itself has only partial knowledge
|
---|
6088 | * whether it's a base image or not, this info is derived here. The
|
---|
6089 | * base image can be fixed or normal, all others must be normal or
|
---|
6090 | * diff images. Some image formats don't distinguish between normal
|
---|
6091 | * and diff images, so this must be corrected here. */
|
---|
6092 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
6093 | uImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6094 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6095 | uImageFlags = VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_NONE;
|
---|
6096 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
6097 | && !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFO))
|
---|
6098 | {
|
---|
6099 | if ( pDisk->cImages == 0
|
---|
6100 | && (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF))
|
---|
6101 | {
|
---|
6102 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
6103 | break;
|
---|
6104 | }
|
---|
6105 | else if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
6106 | {
|
---|
6107 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
6108 | {
|
---|
6109 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
6110 | break;
|
---|
6111 | }
|
---|
6112 | else
|
---|
6113 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
6114 | }
|
---|
6115 | }
|
---|
6116 |
|
---|
6117 | /* Ensure we always get correct diff information, even if the backend
|
---|
6118 | * doesn't actually have a stored flag for this. It must not return
|
---|
6119 | * bogus information for the parent UUID if it is not a diff image. */
|
---|
6120 | RTUUID parentUuid;
|
---|
6121 | RTUuidClear(&parentUuid);
|
---|
6122 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &parentUuid);
|
---|
6123 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2) && !RTUuidIsNull(&parentUuid))
|
---|
6124 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
6125 |
|
---|
6126 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
6127 |
|
---|
6128 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
6129 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
6130 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
6131 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6132 |
|
---|
6133 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
6134 |
|
---|
6135 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
6136 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6137 |
|
---|
6138 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6139 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6140 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6141 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6142 | {
|
---|
6143 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6144 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6145 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6146 | }
|
---|
6147 | else
|
---|
6148 | {
|
---|
6149 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6150 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
6151 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
6152 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6153 | }
|
---|
6154 |
|
---|
6155 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6156 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6157 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6158 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6159 | {
|
---|
6160 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6161 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6162 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6163 | }
|
---|
6164 | else
|
---|
6165 | {
|
---|
6166 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6167 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
6168 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6169 | }
|
---|
6170 |
|
---|
6171 | if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
6172 | {
|
---|
6173 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
6174 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
6175 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
6176 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6177 | {
|
---|
6178 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6179 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
6180 | }
|
---|
6181 | }
|
---|
6182 |
|
---|
6183 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6184 | {
|
---|
6185 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
6186 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
6187 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6188 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
6189 | }
|
---|
6190 | else
|
---|
6191 | {
|
---|
6192 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
6193 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
6194 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6195 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6196 | }
|
---|
6197 | } while (0);
|
---|
6198 |
|
---|
6199 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6200 | {
|
---|
6201 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6202 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6203 | }
|
---|
6204 |
|
---|
6205 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6206 | {
|
---|
6207 | if (pImage)
|
---|
6208 | {
|
---|
6209 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6210 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
6211 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
6212 | }
|
---|
6213 | }
|
---|
6214 |
|
---|
6215 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6216 | return rc;
|
---|
6217 | }
|
---|
6218 |
|
---|
6219 | /**
|
---|
6220 | * Opens a cache image.
|
---|
6221 | *
|
---|
6222 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
6223 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container which should use the cache image.
|
---|
6224 | * @param pszBackend Name of the cache file backend to use (case insensitive).
|
---|
6225 | * @param pszFilename Name of the cache image to open.
|
---|
6226 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6227 | * @param pVDIfsCache Pointer to the per-cache VD interface list.
|
---|
6228 | */
|
---|
6229 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCacheOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
6230 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
6231 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache)
|
---|
6232 | {
|
---|
6233 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6234 | int rc2;
|
---|
6235 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6236 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
6237 |
|
---|
6238 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsCache=%#p\n",
|
---|
6239 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsCache));
|
---|
6240 |
|
---|
6241 | do
|
---|
6242 | {
|
---|
6243 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6244 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6245 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6246 |
|
---|
6247 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6248 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
6249 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
6250 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6251 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
6252 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
6253 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6254 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6255 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
6256 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6257 |
|
---|
6258 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6259 | pCache = (PVDCACHE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDCACHE));
|
---|
6260 | if (!pCache)
|
---|
6261 | {
|
---|
6262 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6263 | break;
|
---|
6264 | }
|
---|
6265 | pCache->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
6266 | if (!pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
6267 | {
|
---|
6268 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6269 | break;
|
---|
6270 | }
|
---|
6271 |
|
---|
6272 | pCache->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6273 | pCache->pVDIfsCache = pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
6274 |
|
---|
6275 | rc = vdFindCacheBackend(pszBackend, &pCache->Backend);
|
---|
6276 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6277 | break;
|
---|
6278 | if (!pCache->Backend)
|
---|
6279 | {
|
---|
6280 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6281 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6282 | break;
|
---|
6283 | }
|
---|
6284 |
|
---|
6285 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6286 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6287 | if (!pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6288 | {
|
---|
6289 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6290 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6291 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6292 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6293 | }
|
---|
6294 |
|
---|
6295 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6296 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsCache), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6297 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6298 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6299 | &pCache->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pCache->pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6300 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6301 |
|
---|
6302 | pCache->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6303 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnOpen(pCache->pszFilename,
|
---|
6304 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
6305 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6306 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
6307 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
6308 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
6309 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6310 | {
|
---|
6311 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
6312 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
6313 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
6314 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
6315 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
6316 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
6317 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnOpen(pCache->pszFilename,
|
---|
6318 | (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
6319 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
6320 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6321 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
6322 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
6323 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6324 | {
|
---|
6325 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6326 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
6327 | break;
|
---|
6328 | }
|
---|
6329 | }
|
---|
6330 |
|
---|
6331 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6332 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6333 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6334 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6335 |
|
---|
6336 | /*
|
---|
6337 | * Check that the modification UUID of the cache and last image
|
---|
6338 | * match. If not the image was modified in-between without the cache.
|
---|
6339 | * The cache might contain stale data.
|
---|
6340 | */
|
---|
6341 | RTUUID UuidImage, UuidCache;
|
---|
6342 |
|
---|
6343 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
6344 | &UuidCache);
|
---|
6345 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6346 | {
|
---|
6347 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6348 | &UuidImage);
|
---|
6349 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6350 | {
|
---|
6351 | if (RTUuidCompare(&UuidImage, &UuidCache))
|
---|
6352 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_NOT_UP_TO_DATE;
|
---|
6353 | }
|
---|
6354 | }
|
---|
6355 |
|
---|
6356 | /*
|
---|
6357 | * We assume that the user knows what he is doing if one of the images
|
---|
6358 | * doesn't support the modification uuid.
|
---|
6359 | */
|
---|
6360 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
6361 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6362 |
|
---|
6363 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6364 | {
|
---|
6365 | /* Cache successfully opened, make it the current one. */
|
---|
6366 | if (!pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
6367 | pDisk->pCache = pCache;
|
---|
6368 | else
|
---|
6369 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS;
|
---|
6370 | }
|
---|
6371 |
|
---|
6372 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6373 | {
|
---|
6374 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
6375 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
6376 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6377 | pCache->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6378 | }
|
---|
6379 | } while (0);
|
---|
6380 |
|
---|
6381 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6382 | {
|
---|
6383 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6384 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6385 | }
|
---|
6386 |
|
---|
6387 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6388 | {
|
---|
6389 | if (pCache)
|
---|
6390 | {
|
---|
6391 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
6392 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
6393 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
6394 | }
|
---|
6395 | }
|
---|
6396 |
|
---|
6397 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6398 | return rc;
|
---|
6399 | }
|
---|
6400 |
|
---|
6401 | /**
|
---|
6402 | * Adds a filter to the disk.
|
---|
6403 | *
|
---|
6404 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
6405 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container which should use the filter.
|
---|
6406 | * @param pszFilter Name of the filter backend to use (case insensitive).
|
---|
6407 | * @param pVDIfsFilter Pointer to the per-filter VD interface list.
|
---|
6408 | */
|
---|
6409 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFilterAdd(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszFilter,
|
---|
6410 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsFilter)
|
---|
6411 | {
|
---|
6412 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6413 | int rc2;
|
---|
6414 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6415 | PVDFILTER pFilter = NULL;
|
---|
6416 |
|
---|
6417 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszFilter=\"%s\" pVDIfsFilter=%#p\n",
|
---|
6418 | pDisk, pszFilter, pVDIfsFilter));
|
---|
6419 |
|
---|
6420 | do
|
---|
6421 | {
|
---|
6422 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6423 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6424 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6425 |
|
---|
6426 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6427 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilter) && *pszFilter,
|
---|
6428 | ("pszFilter=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilter, pszFilter),
|
---|
6429 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6430 |
|
---|
6431 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6432 | pFilter = (PVDFILTER)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDFILTER));
|
---|
6433 | if (!pFilter)
|
---|
6434 | {
|
---|
6435 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6436 | break;
|
---|
6437 | }
|
---|
6438 |
|
---|
6439 | rc = vdFindFilterBackend(pszFilter, &pFilter->pBackend);
|
---|
6440 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6441 | break;
|
---|
6442 | if (!pFilter->pBackend)
|
---|
6443 | {
|
---|
6444 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6445 | N_("VD: unknown filter backend name '%s'"), pszFilter);
|
---|
6446 | break;
|
---|
6447 | }
|
---|
6448 |
|
---|
6449 | pFilter->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6450 | pFilter->pVDIfsFilter = pVDIfsFilter;
|
---|
6451 |
|
---|
6452 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6453 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsFilter), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6454 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pFilter->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6455 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pFilter->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6456 | &pFilter->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pFilter->pVDIfsFilter);
|
---|
6457 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6458 |
|
---|
6459 | rc = pFilter->pBackend->pfnCreate(pDisk->pVDIfsDisk, pFilter->pVDIfsFilter,
|
---|
6460 | &pFilter->pvBackendData);
|
---|
6461 |
|
---|
6462 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
6463 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6464 | {
|
---|
6465 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6466 | N_("VD: error %Rrc creating filter '%s'"), rc, pszFilter);
|
---|
6467 | break;
|
---|
6468 | }
|
---|
6469 |
|
---|
6470 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6471 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6472 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6473 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6474 |
|
---|
6475 | /* Add filter to chain. */
|
---|
6476 | vdAddFilterToList(pDisk, pFilter);
|
---|
6477 | } while (0);
|
---|
6478 |
|
---|
6479 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6480 | {
|
---|
6481 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6482 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6483 | }
|
---|
6484 |
|
---|
6485 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6486 | {
|
---|
6487 | if (pFilter)
|
---|
6488 | RTMemFree(pFilter);
|
---|
6489 | }
|
---|
6490 |
|
---|
6491 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6492 | return rc;
|
---|
6493 | }
|
---|
6494 |
|
---|
6495 | /**
|
---|
6496 | * Creates and opens a new base image file.
|
---|
6497 | *
|
---|
6498 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
6499 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
6500 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
6501 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to create.
|
---|
6502 | * @param cbSize Image size in bytes.
|
---|
6503 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
6504 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
6505 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
6506 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
6507 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
6508 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6509 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
6510 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6511 | */
|
---|
6512 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateBase(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
6513 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
6514 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
6515 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6516 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6517 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
6518 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6519 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
6520 | {
|
---|
6521 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6522 | int rc2;
|
---|
6523 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6524 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
6525 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
6526 |
|
---|
6527 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" PCHS=%u/%u/%u LCHS=%u/%u/%u Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
6528 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment,
|
---|
6529 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
6530 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
6531 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors, pUuid,
|
---|
6532 | uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
6533 |
|
---|
6534 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
6535 |
|
---|
6536 | do
|
---|
6537 | {
|
---|
6538 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6539 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6540 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6541 |
|
---|
6542 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6543 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
6544 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
6545 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6546 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
6547 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
6548 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6549 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
6550 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
6551 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6552 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( ((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0)
|
---|
6553 | || ((uImageFlags & (VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)) != VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED),
|
---|
6554 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
6555 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6556 | /* The PCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it for later. */
|
---|
6557 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
6558 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
6559 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
6560 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6561 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
6562 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
6563 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6564 | /* The LCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it to later autodetection. */
|
---|
6565 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
6566 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
6567 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
6568 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6569 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
6570 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
6571 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6572 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6573 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
6574 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
6575 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6576 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6577 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
6578 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6579 |
|
---|
6580 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
6581 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
6582 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6583 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6584 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
6585 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
6586 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
6587 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6588 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6589 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6590 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6591 |
|
---|
6592 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6593 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
6594 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
6595 | {
|
---|
6596 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6597 | break;
|
---|
6598 | }
|
---|
6599 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
6600 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6601 | {
|
---|
6602 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6603 | break;
|
---|
6604 | }
|
---|
6605 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6606 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
6607 |
|
---|
6608 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6609 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6610 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6611 | {
|
---|
6612 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6613 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6614 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6615 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6616 | }
|
---|
6617 |
|
---|
6618 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6619 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6620 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6621 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6622 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6623 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6624 |
|
---|
6625 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
6626 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6627 | break;
|
---|
6628 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
6629 | {
|
---|
6630 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6631 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6632 | break;
|
---|
6633 | }
|
---|
6634 | if (!(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & ( VD_CAP_CREATE_FIXED
|
---|
6635 | | VD_CAP_CREATE_DYNAMIC)))
|
---|
6636 | {
|
---|
6637 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6638 | N_("VD: backend '%s' cannot create base images"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6639 | break;
|
---|
6640 | }
|
---|
6641 |
|
---|
6642 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
6643 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
6644 | {
|
---|
6645 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
6646 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6647 | {
|
---|
6648 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6649 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
6650 | pszFilename);
|
---|
6651 | break;
|
---|
6652 | }
|
---|
6653 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
6654 | }
|
---|
6655 |
|
---|
6656 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6657 | uImageFlags &= ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
6658 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
6659 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
6660 | uImageFlags, pszComment, pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6661 | pLCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
6662 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
6663 | 0, 99,
|
---|
6664 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6665 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6666 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
6667 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6668 |
|
---|
6669 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6670 | {
|
---|
6671 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
6672 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
6673 |
|
---|
6674 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
6675 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
6676 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
6677 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6678 |
|
---|
6679 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6680 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6681 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6682 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6683 |
|
---|
6684 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
6685 |
|
---|
6686 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
6687 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
6688 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
6689 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
6690 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6691 | }
|
---|
6692 |
|
---|
6693 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6694 | {
|
---|
6695 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
6696 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6697 |
|
---|
6698 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6699 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6700 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6701 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6702 | {
|
---|
6703 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6704 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6705 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6706 | }
|
---|
6707 | else
|
---|
6708 | {
|
---|
6709 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6710 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
6711 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
6712 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6713 | }
|
---|
6714 |
|
---|
6715 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6716 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6717 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6718 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6719 | {
|
---|
6720 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6721 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6722 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6723 | }
|
---|
6724 | else
|
---|
6725 | {
|
---|
6726 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6727 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
6728 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6729 | }
|
---|
6730 |
|
---|
6731 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
6732 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
6733 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6734 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
6735 | }
|
---|
6736 | else
|
---|
6737 | {
|
---|
6738 | /* Error detected, image may or may not be opened. Close and delete
|
---|
6739 | * image if it was opened. */
|
---|
6740 | if (pImage->pBackendData)
|
---|
6741 | {
|
---|
6742 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
6743 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6744 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6745 | }
|
---|
6746 | }
|
---|
6747 | } while (0);
|
---|
6748 |
|
---|
6749 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6750 | {
|
---|
6751 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6752 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6753 | }
|
---|
6754 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
6755 | {
|
---|
6756 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6757 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6758 | }
|
---|
6759 |
|
---|
6760 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6761 | {
|
---|
6762 | if (pImage)
|
---|
6763 | {
|
---|
6764 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6765 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
6766 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
6767 | }
|
---|
6768 | }
|
---|
6769 |
|
---|
6770 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6771 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
6772 |
|
---|
6773 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6774 | return rc;
|
---|
6775 | }
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | /**
|
---|
6778 | * Creates and opens a new differencing image file in HDD container.
|
---|
6779 | * See comments for VDOpen function about differencing images.
|
---|
6780 | *
|
---|
6781 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
6782 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
6783 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
6784 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing image file to create.
|
---|
6785 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
6786 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
6787 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
6788 | * @param pParentUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, the UUID is queried automatically.
|
---|
6789 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6790 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
6791 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6792 | */
|
---|
6793 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateDiff(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
6794 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uImageFlags,
|
---|
6795 | const char *pszComment, PCRTUUID pUuid,
|
---|
6796 | PCRTUUID pParentUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
6797 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6798 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
6799 | {
|
---|
6800 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6801 | int rc2;
|
---|
6802 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6803 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
6804 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
6805 |
|
---|
6806 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
6807 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
6808 |
|
---|
6809 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
6810 |
|
---|
6811 | do
|
---|
6812 | {
|
---|
6813 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6814 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6815 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6816 |
|
---|
6817 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6818 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
6819 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
6820 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6821 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
6822 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
6823 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6824 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6825 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
6826 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6827 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6828 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
6829 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
6830 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6831 | /* The parent UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6832 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pParentUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pParentUuid),
|
---|
6833 | ("pParentUuid=%#p ParentUUID=%RTuuid\n", pParentUuid, pParentUuid),
|
---|
6834 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6835 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6836 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
6837 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6838 |
|
---|
6839 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
6840 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
6841 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6842 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6843 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
6844 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
6845 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
6846 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6847 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6848 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6849 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6850 |
|
---|
6851 | /*
|
---|
6852 | * Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks
|
---|
6853 | * for the currently opened image which will be switched to readonly mode.
|
---|
6854 | */
|
---|
6855 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6856 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6857 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6858 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6859 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
6860 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6861 | break;
|
---|
6862 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6863 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6864 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6865 |
|
---|
6866 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6867 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
6868 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
6869 | {
|
---|
6870 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6871 | break;
|
---|
6872 | }
|
---|
6873 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
6874 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6875 | {
|
---|
6876 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6877 | break;
|
---|
6878 | }
|
---|
6879 |
|
---|
6880 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
6881 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6882 | break;
|
---|
6883 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
6884 | {
|
---|
6885 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6886 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6887 | break;
|
---|
6888 | }
|
---|
6889 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_DIFF)
|
---|
6890 | || !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & ( VD_CAP_CREATE_FIXED
|
---|
6891 | | VD_CAP_CREATE_DYNAMIC)))
|
---|
6892 | {
|
---|
6893 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6894 | N_("VD: backend '%s' cannot create diff images"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6895 | break;
|
---|
6896 | }
|
---|
6897 |
|
---|
6898 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6899 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
6900 |
|
---|
6901 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6902 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6903 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6904 | {
|
---|
6905 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6906 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6907 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6908 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6909 | }
|
---|
6910 |
|
---|
6911 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6912 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6913 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6914 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6915 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6916 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6917 |
|
---|
6918 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
6919 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
6920 | {
|
---|
6921 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
6922 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6923 | {
|
---|
6924 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6925 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
6926 | pszFilename);
|
---|
6927 | break;
|
---|
6928 | }
|
---|
6929 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
6930 | }
|
---|
6931 |
|
---|
6932 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6933 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
6934 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
6935 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
6936 | uImageFlags | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF,
|
---|
6937 | pszComment, &pDisk->PCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6938 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
6939 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
6940 | 0, 99,
|
---|
6941 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6942 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6943 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
6944 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6945 |
|
---|
6946 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6947 | {
|
---|
6948 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
6949 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
6950 |
|
---|
6951 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6952 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6953 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6954 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6955 |
|
---|
6956 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
6957 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
6958 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
6959 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6960 | {
|
---|
6961 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6962 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
6963 | }
|
---|
6964 |
|
---|
6965 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
6966 |
|
---|
6967 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
6968 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
6969 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
6970 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
6971 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6972 | }
|
---|
6973 |
|
---|
6974 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6975 | {
|
---|
6976 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
6977 | RTTIMESPEC ts;
|
---|
6978 |
|
---|
6979 | if (pParentUuid && !RTUuidIsNull(pParentUuid))
|
---|
6980 | {
|
---|
6981 | Uuid = *pParentUuid;
|
---|
6982 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
6983 | }
|
---|
6984 | else
|
---|
6985 | {
|
---|
6986 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6987 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6988 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
6989 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
6990 | }
|
---|
6991 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6992 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6993 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
6994 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6995 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6996 | if (pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp)
|
---|
6997 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6998 | &ts);
|
---|
6999 | else
|
---|
7000 | rc2 = VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
7001 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2) && pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp)
|
---|
7002 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp(pImage->pBackendData, &ts);
|
---|
7003 |
|
---|
7004 | if (pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename)
|
---|
7005 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename(pImage->pBackendData, pDisk->pLast->pszFilename);
|
---|
7006 | }
|
---|
7007 |
|
---|
7008 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7009 | {
|
---|
7010 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
7011 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
7012 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
7013 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
7014 | }
|
---|
7015 | else
|
---|
7016 | {
|
---|
7017 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
7018 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
7019 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7020 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
7021 | }
|
---|
7022 | } while (0);
|
---|
7023 |
|
---|
7024 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7025 | {
|
---|
7026 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7027 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7028 | }
|
---|
7029 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7030 | {
|
---|
7031 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7032 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7033 | }
|
---|
7034 |
|
---|
7035 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7036 | {
|
---|
7037 | if (pImage)
|
---|
7038 | {
|
---|
7039 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
7040 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
7041 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
7042 | }
|
---|
7043 | }
|
---|
7044 |
|
---|
7045 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7046 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7047 |
|
---|
7048 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7049 | return rc;
|
---|
7050 | }
|
---|
7051 |
|
---|
7052 |
|
---|
7053 | /**
|
---|
7054 | * Creates and opens new cache image file in HDD container.
|
---|
7055 | *
|
---|
7056 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
7057 | * @param pDisk Name of the cache file backend to use (case insensitive).
|
---|
7058 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing cache file to create.
|
---|
7059 | * @param cbSize Maximum size of the cache.
|
---|
7060 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special cache features.
|
---|
7061 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
7062 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
7063 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
7064 | * @param pVDIfsCache Pointer to the per-cache VD interface list.
|
---|
7065 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7066 | */
|
---|
7067 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateCache(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
7068 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
7069 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
7070 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
7071 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7072 | {
|
---|
7073 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7074 | int rc2;
|
---|
7075 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7076 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
7077 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
7078 |
|
---|
7079 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7080 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsCache, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7081 |
|
---|
7082 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7083 |
|
---|
7084 | do
|
---|
7085 | {
|
---|
7086 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7087 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7088 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7089 |
|
---|
7090 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7091 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
7092 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
7093 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7094 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
7095 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
7096 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7097 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
7098 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
7099 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7100 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
7101 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
7102 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7103 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
7104 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
7105 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
7106 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7107 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
7108 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
7109 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7110 |
|
---|
7111 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
7112 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
7113 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7114 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7115 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
7116 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(!pDisk->pCache,
|
---|
7117 | ("Create cache image cannot be done with a cache already attached\n"),
|
---|
7118 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS);
|
---|
7119 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7120 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7121 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7122 |
|
---|
7123 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
7124 | pCache = (PVDCACHE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDCACHE));
|
---|
7125 | if (!pCache)
|
---|
7126 | {
|
---|
7127 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
7128 | break;
|
---|
7129 | }
|
---|
7130 | pCache->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
7131 | if (!pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
7132 | {
|
---|
7133 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
7134 | break;
|
---|
7135 | }
|
---|
7136 |
|
---|
7137 | rc = vdFindCacheBackend(pszBackend, &pCache->Backend);
|
---|
7138 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7139 | break;
|
---|
7140 | if (!pCache->Backend)
|
---|
7141 | {
|
---|
7142 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
7143 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
7144 | break;
|
---|
7145 | }
|
---|
7146 |
|
---|
7147 | pCache->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
7148 | pCache->pVDIfsCache = pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
7149 |
|
---|
7150 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
7151 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
7152 | if (!pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
7153 | {
|
---|
7154 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
7155 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
7156 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
7157 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
7158 | }
|
---|
7159 |
|
---|
7160 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
7161 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsCache), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7162 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
7163 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
7164 | &pCache->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pCache->pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
7165 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7166 |
|
---|
7167 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
7168 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
7169 | {
|
---|
7170 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
7171 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7172 | {
|
---|
7173 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
7174 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
7175 | pszFilename);
|
---|
7176 | break;
|
---|
7177 | }
|
---|
7178 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
7179 | }
|
---|
7180 |
|
---|
7181 | pCache->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
7182 | pCache->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
7183 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnCreate(pCache->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
7184 | uImageFlags,
|
---|
7185 | pszComment, pUuid,
|
---|
7186 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
7187 | 0, 99,
|
---|
7188 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
7189 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
7190 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
7191 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
7192 |
|
---|
7193 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7194 | {
|
---|
7195 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
7196 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7197 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7198 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7199 |
|
---|
7200 | pCache->VDIo.pBackendData = pCache->pBackendData;
|
---|
7201 |
|
---|
7202 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
7203 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
7204 | AssertMsgStmt(!pDisk->pCache,
|
---|
7205 | ("Create cache image cannot be done with another cache open\n"),
|
---|
7206 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS);
|
---|
7207 | }
|
---|
7208 |
|
---|
7209 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
7210 | && pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
7211 | {
|
---|
7212 | RTUUID UuidModification;
|
---|
7213 |
|
---|
7214 | /* Set same modification Uuid as the last image. */
|
---|
7215 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
7216 | &UuidModification);
|
---|
7217 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7218 | {
|
---|
7219 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
7220 | &UuidModification);
|
---|
7221 | }
|
---|
7222 |
|
---|
7223 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
7224 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7225 | }
|
---|
7226 |
|
---|
7227 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7228 | {
|
---|
7229 | /* Cache successfully created. */
|
---|
7230 | pDisk->pCache = pCache;
|
---|
7231 | }
|
---|
7232 | else
|
---|
7233 | {
|
---|
7234 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
7235 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
7236 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7237 | pCache->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
7238 | }
|
---|
7239 | } while (0);
|
---|
7240 |
|
---|
7241 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7242 | {
|
---|
7243 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7244 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7245 | }
|
---|
7246 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7247 | {
|
---|
7248 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7249 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7250 | }
|
---|
7251 |
|
---|
7252 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7253 | {
|
---|
7254 | if (pCache)
|
---|
7255 | {
|
---|
7256 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
7257 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
7258 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
7259 | }
|
---|
7260 | }
|
---|
7261 |
|
---|
7262 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7263 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7264 |
|
---|
7265 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7266 | return rc;
|
---|
7267 | }
|
---|
7268 |
|
---|
7269 | /**
|
---|
7270 | * Merges two images (not necessarily with direct parent/child relationship).
|
---|
7271 | * As a side effect the source image and potentially the other images which
|
---|
7272 | * are also merged to the destination are deleted from both the disk and the
|
---|
7273 | * images in the HDD container.
|
---|
7274 | *
|
---|
7275 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7276 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
7277 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7278 | * @param nImageFrom Name of the image file to merge from.
|
---|
7279 | * @param nImageTo Name of the image file to merge to.
|
---|
7280 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7281 | */
|
---|
7282 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDMerge(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImageFrom,
|
---|
7283 | unsigned nImageTo, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7284 | {
|
---|
7285 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7286 | int rc2;
|
---|
7287 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7288 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
7289 |
|
---|
7290 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImageFrom=%u nImageTo=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7291 | pDisk, nImageFrom, nImageTo, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7292 |
|
---|
7293 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7294 |
|
---|
7295 | do
|
---|
7296 | {
|
---|
7297 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7298 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7299 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7300 |
|
---|
7301 | /* For simplicity reasons lock for writing as the image reopen below
|
---|
7302 | * might need it. After all the reopen is usually needed. */
|
---|
7303 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7304 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7305 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7306 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageFrom);
|
---|
7307 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageTo);
|
---|
7308 | if (!pImageFrom || !pImageTo)
|
---|
7309 | {
|
---|
7310 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
7311 | break;
|
---|
7312 | }
|
---|
7313 | AssertBreakStmt(pImageFrom != pImageTo, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7314 |
|
---|
7315 | /* Make sure destination image is writable. */
|
---|
7316 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
7317 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
7318 | {
|
---|
7319 | /*
|
---|
7320 | * Clear skip consistency checks because the image is made writable now and
|
---|
7321 | * skipping consistency checks is only possible for readonly images.
|
---|
7322 | */
|
---|
7323 | uOpenFlags &= ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_SKIP_CONSISTENCY_CHECKS);
|
---|
7324 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7325 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7326 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7327 | break;
|
---|
7328 | }
|
---|
7329 |
|
---|
7330 | /* Get size of destination image. */
|
---|
7331 | uint64_t cbSize = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
7332 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7333 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7334 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7335 |
|
---|
7336 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
7337 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
7338 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
7339 | {
|
---|
7340 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
7341 | break;
|
---|
7342 | }
|
---|
7343 |
|
---|
7344 | /* Merging is done directly on the images itself. This potentially
|
---|
7345 | * causes trouble if the disk is full in the middle of operation. */
|
---|
7346 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
7347 | {
|
---|
7348 | /* Merge parent state into child. This means writing all not
|
---|
7349 | * allocated blocks in the destination image which are allocated in
|
---|
7350 | * the images to be merged. */
|
---|
7351 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
7352 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
7353 | do
|
---|
7354 | {
|
---|
7355 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
7356 | RTSGSEG SegmentBuf;
|
---|
7357 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
7358 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
7359 |
|
---|
7360 | SegmentBuf.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
7361 | SegmentBuf.cbSeg = VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE;
|
---|
7362 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &SegmentBuf, 1);
|
---|
7363 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
7364 | &SgBuf, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
7365 |
|
---|
7366 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
7367 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7368 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7369 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7370 |
|
---|
7371 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnRead(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7372 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
7373 | &IoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
7374 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
7375 | {
|
---|
7376 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
7377 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid.
|
---|
7378 | * Otherwise this would return stale data when different
|
---|
7379 | * block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
7380 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageTo->pPrev;
|
---|
7381 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageFrom->pPrev && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
7382 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
7383 | {
|
---|
7384 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7385 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
7386 | &IoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
7387 | }
|
---|
7388 |
|
---|
7389 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
7390 | {
|
---|
7391 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7392 | break;
|
---|
7393 | /* Updating the cache is required because this might be a live merge. */
|
---|
7394 | rc = vdWriteHelperEx(pDisk, pImageTo, pImageFrom->pPrev,
|
---|
7395 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
7396 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE, 0);
|
---|
7397 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7398 | break;
|
---|
7399 | }
|
---|
7400 | else
|
---|
7401 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7402 | }
|
---|
7403 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7404 | break;
|
---|
7405 |
|
---|
7406 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7407 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7408 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7409 |
|
---|
7410 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
7411 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
7412 |
|
---|
7413 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7414 | {
|
---|
7415 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
7416 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
7417 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
7418 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
7419 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
7420 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7421 | break;
|
---|
7422 | }
|
---|
7423 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
7424 | }
|
---|
7425 | else
|
---|
7426 | {
|
---|
7427 | /*
|
---|
7428 | * We may need to update the parent uuid of the child coming after
|
---|
7429 | * the last image to be merged. We have to reopen it read/write.
|
---|
7430 | *
|
---|
7431 | * This is done before we do the actual merge to prevent an
|
---|
7432 | * inconsistent chain if the mode change fails for some reason.
|
---|
7433 | */
|
---|
7434 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
7435 | {
|
---|
7436 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
7437 |
|
---|
7438 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
7439 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7440 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7441 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7442 |
|
---|
7443 | /* We need to open the image in read/write mode. */
|
---|
7444 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData);
|
---|
7445 |
|
---|
7446 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
7447 | {
|
---|
7448 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
7449 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData,
|
---|
7450 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7451 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7452 | break;
|
---|
7453 | }
|
---|
7454 |
|
---|
7455 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7456 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7457 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7458 | }
|
---|
7459 |
|
---|
7460 | /* If the merge is from the last image we have to relay all writes
|
---|
7461 | * to the merge destination as well, so that concurrent writes
|
---|
7462 | * (in case of a live merge) are handled correctly. */
|
---|
7463 | if (!pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
7464 | {
|
---|
7465 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
7466 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7467 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7468 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7469 |
|
---|
7470 | pDisk->pImageRelay = pImageTo;
|
---|
7471 |
|
---|
7472 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7473 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7474 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7475 | }
|
---|
7476 |
|
---|
7477 | /* Merge child state into parent. This means writing all blocks
|
---|
7478 | * which are allocated in the image up to the source image to the
|
---|
7479 | * destination image. */
|
---|
7480 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
7481 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
7482 | do
|
---|
7483 | {
|
---|
7484 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
7485 | RTSGSEG SegmentBuf;
|
---|
7486 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
7487 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
7488 |
|
---|
7489 | rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
7490 |
|
---|
7491 | SegmentBuf.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
7492 | SegmentBuf.cbSeg = VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE;
|
---|
7493 | RTSgBufInit(&SgBuf, &SegmentBuf, 1);
|
---|
7494 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
7495 | &SgBuf, NULL, NULL, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC);
|
---|
7496 |
|
---|
7497 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
7498 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7499 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7500 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7501 |
|
---|
7502 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
7503 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise
|
---|
7504 | * this would return stale data when different block sizes are
|
---|
7505 | * used for the images. */
|
---|
7506 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom;
|
---|
7507 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageTo && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
7508 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
7509 | {
|
---|
7510 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7511 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
7512 | &IoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
7513 | }
|
---|
7514 |
|
---|
7515 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
7516 | {
|
---|
7517 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7518 | break;
|
---|
7519 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
7520 | cbThisRead, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE);
|
---|
7521 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7522 | break;
|
---|
7523 | }
|
---|
7524 | else
|
---|
7525 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7526 |
|
---|
7527 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7528 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7529 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7530 |
|
---|
7531 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
7532 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
7533 |
|
---|
7534 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7535 | {
|
---|
7536 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
7537 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
7538 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
7539 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
7540 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
7541 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7542 | break;
|
---|
7543 | }
|
---|
7544 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
7545 |
|
---|
7546 | /* In case we set up a "write proxy" image above we must clear
|
---|
7547 | * this again now to prevent stray writes. Failure or not. */
|
---|
7548 | if (!pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
7549 | {
|
---|
7550 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
7551 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7552 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7553 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7554 |
|
---|
7555 | pDisk->pImageRelay = NULL;
|
---|
7556 |
|
---|
7557 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7558 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7559 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7560 | }
|
---|
7561 | }
|
---|
7562 |
|
---|
7563 | /*
|
---|
7564 | * Leave in case of an error to avoid corrupted data in the image chain
|
---|
7565 | * (includes cancelling the operation by the user).
|
---|
7566 | */
|
---|
7567 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7568 | break;
|
---|
7569 |
|
---|
7570 | /* Need to hold the write lock while finishing the merge. */
|
---|
7571 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7572 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7573 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7574 |
|
---|
7575 | /* Update parent UUID so that image chain is consistent.
|
---|
7576 | * The two attempts work around the problem that some backends
|
---|
7577 | * (e.g. iSCSI) do not support UUIDs, so we exploit the fact that
|
---|
7578 | * so far there can only be one such image in the chain. */
|
---|
7579 | /** @todo needs a better long-term solution, passing the UUID
|
---|
7580 | * knowledge from the caller or some such */
|
---|
7581 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
7582 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = NULL;
|
---|
7583 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
7584 | {
|
---|
7585 | if (pImageFrom->pPrev)
|
---|
7586 | {
|
---|
7587 | /* plan A: ask the parent itself for its UUID */
|
---|
7588 | rc = pImageFrom->pPrev->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pPrev->pBackendData,
|
---|
7589 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7590 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7591 | {
|
---|
7592 | /* plan B: ask the child of the parent for parent UUID */
|
---|
7593 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pBackendData,
|
---|
7594 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7595 | }
|
---|
7596 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7597 | }
|
---|
7598 | else
|
---|
7599 | RTUuidClear(&Uuid);
|
---|
7600 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7601 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7602 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7603 | }
|
---|
7604 | else
|
---|
7605 | {
|
---|
7606 | /* Update the parent uuid of the child of the last merged image. */
|
---|
7607 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
7608 | {
|
---|
7609 | /* plan A: ask the parent itself for its UUID */
|
---|
7610 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7611 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7612 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7613 | {
|
---|
7614 | /* plan B: ask the child of the parent for parent UUID */
|
---|
7615 | rc = pImageTo->pNext->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImageTo->pNext->pBackendData,
|
---|
7616 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7617 | }
|
---|
7618 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7619 |
|
---|
7620 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pNext->pBackendData,
|
---|
7621 | &Uuid);
|
---|
7622 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7623 |
|
---|
7624 | pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
7625 | }
|
---|
7626 | }
|
---|
7627 |
|
---|
7628 | /* Delete the no longer needed images. */
|
---|
7629 | PVDIMAGE pImg = pImageFrom, pTmp;
|
---|
7630 | while (pImg != pImageTo)
|
---|
7631 | {
|
---|
7632 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
7633 | pTmp = pImg->pNext;
|
---|
7634 | else
|
---|
7635 | pTmp = pImg->pPrev;
|
---|
7636 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImg);
|
---|
7637 | pImg->Backend->pfnClose(pImg->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
7638 | RTMemFree(pImg->pszFilename);
|
---|
7639 | RTMemFree(pImg);
|
---|
7640 | pImg = pTmp;
|
---|
7641 | }
|
---|
7642 |
|
---|
7643 | /* Make sure destination image is back to read only if necessary. */
|
---|
7644 | if (pImageTo != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
7645 | {
|
---|
7646 | uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
7647 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
7648 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7649 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7650 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7651 | break;
|
---|
7652 | }
|
---|
7653 |
|
---|
7654 | /*
|
---|
7655 | * Make sure the child is readonly
|
---|
7656 | * for the child -> parent merge direction
|
---|
7657 | * if necessary.
|
---|
7658 | */
|
---|
7659 | if ( nImageFrom > nImageTo
|
---|
7660 | && pImageChild
|
---|
7661 | && pImageChild != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
7662 | {
|
---|
7663 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData);
|
---|
7664 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
7665 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData,
|
---|
7666 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7667 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7668 | break;
|
---|
7669 | }
|
---|
7670 | } while (0);
|
---|
7671 |
|
---|
7672 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7673 | {
|
---|
7674 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7675 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7676 | }
|
---|
7677 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7678 | {
|
---|
7679 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7680 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7681 | }
|
---|
7682 |
|
---|
7683 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
7684 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
7685 |
|
---|
7686 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7687 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7688 |
|
---|
7689 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7690 | return rc;
|
---|
7691 | }
|
---|
7692 |
|
---|
7693 | /**
|
---|
7694 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another - extended version.
|
---|
7695 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
7696 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
7697 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
7698 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
7699 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
7700 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
7701 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
7702 | *
|
---|
7703 | * @note The read/write accesses across disks are not synchronized, just the
|
---|
7704 | * accesses to each disk. Once there is a use case which requires a defined
|
---|
7705 | * read/write behavior in this situation this needs to be extended.
|
---|
7706 | *
|
---|
7707 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
7708 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
7709 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
7710 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
7711 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
7712 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use (may be NULL to use the same as the source, case insensitive).
|
---|
7713 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL to specify that the
|
---|
7714 | * copy destination is the destination container, or
|
---|
7715 | * if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo, i.e. when moving).
|
---|
7716 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
7717 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
7718 | * @param nImageSameFrom todo
|
---|
7719 | * @param nImageSameTo todo
|
---|
7720 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
7721 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
7722 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
7723 | * In all rename/move cases or copy to existing image cases the modification UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
7724 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
7725 | * Only used if the destination image is created.
|
---|
7726 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7727 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
7728 | * destination image.
|
---|
7729 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list,
|
---|
7730 | * for the destination operation.
|
---|
7731 | */
|
---|
7732 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopyEx(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
7733 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
7734 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
7735 | unsigned nImageFromSame, unsigned nImageToSame,
|
---|
7736 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
7737 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
7738 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
7739 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7740 | {
|
---|
7741 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7742 | int rc2;
|
---|
7743 | bool fLockReadFrom = false, fLockWriteFrom = false, fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
7744 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = NULL;
|
---|
7745 |
|
---|
7746 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p nImage=%u pDiskTo=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" fMoveByRename=%d cbSize=%llu nImageFromSame=%u nImageToSame=%u uImageFlags=%#x pDstUuid=%#p uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsOperation=%#p pDstVDIfsImage=%#p pDstVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7747 | pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename, cbSize, nImageFromSame, nImageToSame, uImageFlags, pDstUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsOperation, pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7748 |
|
---|
7749 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7750 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pDstVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7751 |
|
---|
7752 | do {
|
---|
7753 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7754 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskFrom), ("pDiskFrom=%#p\n", pDiskFrom),
|
---|
7755 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7756 | AssertMsg(pDiskFrom->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7757 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskFrom->u32Signature));
|
---|
7758 |
|
---|
7759 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7760 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7761 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
7762 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDiskFrom, nImage);
|
---|
7763 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageFrom, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7764 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskTo), ("pDiskTo=%#p\n", pDiskTo),
|
---|
7765 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7766 | AssertMsg(pDiskTo->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7767 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskTo->u32Signature));
|
---|
7768 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( (nImageFromSame < nImage || nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7769 | && (nImageToSame < pDiskTo->cImages || nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7770 | && ( (nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN && nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7771 | || (nImageFromSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN && nImageToSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)),
|
---|
7772 | ("nImageFromSame=%u nImageToSame=%u\n", nImageFromSame, nImageToSame),
|
---|
7773 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7774 |
|
---|
7775 | /* Move the image. */
|
---|
7776 | if (pDiskFrom == pDiskTo)
|
---|
7777 | {
|
---|
7778 | /* Rename only works when backends are the same, are file based
|
---|
7779 | * and the rename method is implemented. */
|
---|
7780 | if ( fMoveByRename
|
---|
7781 | && !RTStrICmp(pszBackend, pImageFrom->Backend->pszBackendName)
|
---|
7782 | && pImageFrom->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE
|
---|
7783 | && pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename)
|
---|
7784 | {
|
---|
7785 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7786 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7787 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
7788 |
|
---|
7789 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7790 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7791 | fLockWriteFrom = true;
|
---|
7792 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename(pImageFrom->pBackendData, pszFilename ? pszFilename : pImageFrom->pszFilename);
|
---|
7793 | break;
|
---|
7794 | }
|
---|
7795 |
|
---|
7796 | /** @todo Moving (including shrinking/growing) of the image is
|
---|
7797 | * requested, but the rename attempt failed or it wasn't possible.
|
---|
7798 | * Must now copy image to temp location. */
|
---|
7799 | AssertReleaseMsgFailed(("VDCopy: moving by copy/delete not implemented\n"));
|
---|
7800 | }
|
---|
7801 |
|
---|
7802 | /* pszFilename is allowed to be NULL, as this indicates copy to the existing image. */
|
---|
7803 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pszFilename == NULL || (VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename),
|
---|
7804 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
7805 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7806 |
|
---|
7807 | uint64_t cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
7808 | cbSizeFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageFrom->pBackendData);
|
---|
7809 | if (cbSizeFrom == 0)
|
---|
7810 | {
|
---|
7811 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
7812 | break;
|
---|
7813 | }
|
---|
7814 |
|
---|
7815 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
7816 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
7817 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7818 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7819 |
|
---|
7820 | RTUUID ImageUuid, ImageModificationUuid;
|
---|
7821 | if (pDiskFrom != pDiskTo)
|
---|
7822 | {
|
---|
7823 | if (pDstUuid)
|
---|
7824 | ImageUuid = *pDstUuid;
|
---|
7825 | else
|
---|
7826 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
7827 | }
|
---|
7828 | else
|
---|
7829 | {
|
---|
7830 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
7831 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7832 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
7833 | }
|
---|
7834 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7835 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7836 | RTUuidClear(&ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7837 |
|
---|
7838 | char szComment[1024];
|
---|
7839 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImageFrom->pBackendData, szComment, sizeof(szComment));
|
---|
7840 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7841 | szComment[0] = '\0';
|
---|
7842 | else
|
---|
7843 | szComment[sizeof(szComment) - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
7844 |
|
---|
7845 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7846 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7847 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
7848 |
|
---|
7849 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7850 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7851 | unsigned cImagesTo = pDiskTo->cImages;
|
---|
7852 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7853 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7854 |
|
---|
7855 | if (pszFilename)
|
---|
7856 | {
|
---|
7857 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
7858 | cbSize = cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
7859 |
|
---|
7860 | /* Create destination image with the properties of source image. */
|
---|
7861 | /** @todo replace the VDCreateDiff/VDCreateBase calls by direct
|
---|
7862 | * calls to the backend. Unifies the code and reduces the API
|
---|
7863 | * dependencies. Would also make the synchronization explicit. */
|
---|
7864 | if (cImagesTo > 0)
|
---|
7865 | {
|
---|
7866 | rc = VDCreateDiff(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename,
|
---|
7867 | uImageFlags, szComment, &ImageUuid,
|
---|
7868 | NULL /* pParentUuid */,
|
---|
7869 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
7870 | pDstVDIfsImage, NULL);
|
---|
7871 |
|
---|
7872 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7873 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7874 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7875 | } else {
|
---|
7876 | /** @todo hack to force creation of a fixed image for
|
---|
7877 | * the RAW backend, which can't handle anything else. */
|
---|
7878 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, "RAW"))
|
---|
7879 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED;
|
---|
7880 |
|
---|
7881 | vdFixupPCHSGeometry(&PCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7882 | vdFixupLCHSGeometry(&LCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7883 |
|
---|
7884 | rc = VDCreateBase(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
7885 | uImageFlags, szComment,
|
---|
7886 | &PCHSGeometryFrom, &LCHSGeometryFrom,
|
---|
7887 | NULL, uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
7888 | pDstVDIfsImage, NULL);
|
---|
7889 |
|
---|
7890 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7891 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7892 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7893 |
|
---|
7894 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ImageUuid))
|
---|
7895 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
7896 | }
|
---|
7897 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7898 | break;
|
---|
7899 |
|
---|
7900 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
7901 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7902 |
|
---|
7903 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSize, cbSizeFrom);
|
---|
7904 | }
|
---|
7905 | else
|
---|
7906 | {
|
---|
7907 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
7908 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7909 |
|
---|
7910 | uint64_t cbSizeTo;
|
---|
7911 | cbSizeTo = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
7912 | if (cbSizeTo == 0)
|
---|
7913 | {
|
---|
7914 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
7915 | break;
|
---|
7916 | }
|
---|
7917 |
|
---|
7918 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
7919 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSizeFrom, cbSizeTo);
|
---|
7920 |
|
---|
7921 | vdFixupPCHSGeometry(&PCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7922 | vdFixupLCHSGeometry(&LCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7923 |
|
---|
7924 | /* Update the geometry in the destination image. */
|
---|
7925 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImageTo->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7926 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImageTo->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7927 | }
|
---|
7928 |
|
---|
7929 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7930 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7931 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
7932 |
|
---|
7933 | /* Whether we can take the optimized copy path (false) or not.
|
---|
7934 | * Don't optimize if the image existed or if it is a child image. */
|
---|
7935 | bool fSuppressRedundantIo = ( !(pszFilename == NULL || cImagesTo > 0)
|
---|
7936 | || (nImageToSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN));
|
---|
7937 | unsigned cImagesFromReadBack, cImagesToReadBack;
|
---|
7938 |
|
---|
7939 | if (nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7940 | cImagesFromReadBack = 0;
|
---|
7941 | else
|
---|
7942 | {
|
---|
7943 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
7944 | cImagesFromReadBack = pDiskFrom->cImages - nImageFromSame - 1;
|
---|
7945 | else
|
---|
7946 | cImagesFromReadBack = nImage - nImageFromSame;
|
---|
7947 | }
|
---|
7948 |
|
---|
7949 | if (nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7950 | cImagesToReadBack = 0;
|
---|
7951 | else
|
---|
7952 | cImagesToReadBack = pDiskTo->cImages - nImageToSame - 1;
|
---|
7953 |
|
---|
7954 | /* Copy the data. */
|
---|
7955 | rc = vdCopyHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, pDiskTo, cbSize,
|
---|
7956 | cImagesFromReadBack, cImagesToReadBack,
|
---|
7957 | fSuppressRedundantIo, pIfProgress, pDstIfProgress);
|
---|
7958 |
|
---|
7959 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7960 | {
|
---|
7961 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7962 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7963 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7964 |
|
---|
7965 | /* Only set modification UUID if it is non-null, since the source
|
---|
7966 | * backend might not provide a valid modification UUID. */
|
---|
7967 | if (!RTUuidIsNull(&ImageModificationUuid))
|
---|
7968 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7969 |
|
---|
7970 | /* Set the requested open flags if they differ from the value
|
---|
7971 | * required for creating the image and copying the contents. */
|
---|
7972 | if ( pImageTo && pszFilename
|
---|
7973 | && uOpenFlags != (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
7974 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7975 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7976 | }
|
---|
7977 | } while (0);
|
---|
7978 |
|
---|
7979 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && pImageTo && pszFilename)
|
---|
7980 | {
|
---|
7981 | /* Take the write lock only if it is not taken. Not worth making the
|
---|
7982 | * above code even more complicated. */
|
---|
7983 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
7984 | {
|
---|
7985 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7986 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7987 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7988 | }
|
---|
7989 | /* Error detected, but new image created. Remove image from list. */
|
---|
7990 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDiskTo, pImageTo);
|
---|
7991 |
|
---|
7992 | /* Close and delete image. */
|
---|
7993 | rc2 = pImageTo->Backend->pfnClose(pImageTo->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
7994 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7995 | pImageTo->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
7996 |
|
---|
7997 | /* Free remaining resources. */
|
---|
7998 | if (pImageTo->pszFilename)
|
---|
7999 | RTStrFree(pImageTo->pszFilename);
|
---|
8000 |
|
---|
8001 | RTMemFree(pImageTo);
|
---|
8002 | }
|
---|
8003 |
|
---|
8004 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
8005 | {
|
---|
8006 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
8007 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8008 | }
|
---|
8009 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteFrom))
|
---|
8010 | {
|
---|
8011 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
8012 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8013 | }
|
---|
8014 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockReadFrom))
|
---|
8015 | {
|
---|
8016 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
8017 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8018 | }
|
---|
8019 |
|
---|
8020 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8021 | {
|
---|
8022 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
8023 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
8024 | if (pDstIfProgress && pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
8025 | pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
8026 | }
|
---|
8027 |
|
---|
8028 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8029 | return rc;
|
---|
8030 | }
|
---|
8031 |
|
---|
8032 | /**
|
---|
8033 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another.
|
---|
8034 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
8035 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
8036 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
8037 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
8038 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
8039 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
8040 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
8041 | *
|
---|
8042 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8043 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8044 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
8045 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8046 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
8047 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
8048 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo).
|
---|
8049 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
8050 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
8051 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
8052 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
8053 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
8054 | * In all rename/move cases the UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
8055 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
8056 | * Only used if the destination image is created.
|
---|
8057 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
8058 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
8059 | * destination image.
|
---|
8060 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-image VD interface list,
|
---|
8061 | * for the destination image.
|
---|
8062 | */
|
---|
8063 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopy(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
8064 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
8065 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
8066 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
8067 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
8068 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
8069 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
8070 | {
|
---|
8071 | return VDCopyEx(pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename,
|
---|
8072 | cbSize, VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN, VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN,
|
---|
8073 | uImageFlags, pDstUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
8074 | pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8075 | }
|
---|
8076 |
|
---|
8077 | /**
|
---|
8078 | * Optimizes the storage consumption of an image. Typically the unused blocks
|
---|
8079 | * have to be wiped with zeroes to achieve a substantial reduced storage use.
|
---|
8080 | * Another optimization done is reordering the image blocks, which can provide
|
---|
8081 | * a significant performance boost, as reads and writes tend to use less random
|
---|
8082 | * file offsets.
|
---|
8083 | *
|
---|
8084 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
8085 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8086 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
8087 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
8088 | * the code for this isn't implemented yet.
|
---|
8089 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8090 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8091 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
8092 | */
|
---|
8093 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCompact(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8094 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
8095 | {
|
---|
8096 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8097 | int rc2;
|
---|
8098 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8099 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
8100 | void *pvTmp = NULL;
|
---|
8101 |
|
---|
8102 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
8103 | pDisk, nImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
8104 |
|
---|
8105 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8106 |
|
---|
8107 | do {
|
---|
8108 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8109 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
8110 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8111 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
8112 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8113 |
|
---|
8114 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8115 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8116 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8117 |
|
---|
8118 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8119 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8120 |
|
---|
8121 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
8122 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
8123 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
8124 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnCompact)
|
---|
8125 | {
|
---|
8126 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
8127 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
8128 | else
|
---|
8129 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8130 | break;
|
---|
8131 | }
|
---|
8132 |
|
---|
8133 | /* Insert interface for reading parent state into per-operation list,
|
---|
8134 | * if there is a parent image. */
|
---|
8135 | VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE VDIfParent;
|
---|
8136 | VDPARENTSTATEDESC ParentUser;
|
---|
8137 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
8138 | {
|
---|
8139 | VDIfParent.pfnParentRead = vdParentRead;
|
---|
8140 | ParentUser.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
8141 | ParentUser.pImage = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
8142 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfParent.Core, "VDCompact_ParentState", VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE,
|
---|
8143 | &ParentUser, sizeof(VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE), &pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8144 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
8145 | }
|
---|
8146 |
|
---|
8147 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8148 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8149 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8150 |
|
---|
8151 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8152 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8153 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8154 |
|
---|
8155 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCompact(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8156 | 0, 99,
|
---|
8157 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
8158 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
8159 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8160 | } while (0);
|
---|
8161 |
|
---|
8162 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8163 | {
|
---|
8164 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8165 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8166 | }
|
---|
8167 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8168 | {
|
---|
8169 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8170 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8171 | }
|
---|
8172 |
|
---|
8173 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
8174 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
8175 | if (pvTmp)
|
---|
8176 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
8177 |
|
---|
8178 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8179 | {
|
---|
8180 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
8181 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
8182 | }
|
---|
8183 |
|
---|
8184 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8185 | return rc;
|
---|
8186 | }
|
---|
8187 |
|
---|
8188 | /**
|
---|
8189 | * Resizes the given disk image to the given size.
|
---|
8190 | *
|
---|
8191 | * @return VBox status
|
---|
8192 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
8193 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
8194 | *
|
---|
8195 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
8196 | * @param cbSize New size of the image.
|
---|
8197 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to the new physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
8198 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to the new logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
8199 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
8200 | */
|
---|
8201 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDResize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
8202 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
8203 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
8204 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
8205 | {
|
---|
8206 | /** @todo r=klaus resizing was designed to be part of VDCopy, so having a separate function is not desirable. */
|
---|
8207 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8208 | int rc2;
|
---|
8209 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8210 |
|
---|
8211 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p cbSize=%llu pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
8212 | pDisk, cbSize, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
8213 |
|
---|
8214 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8215 |
|
---|
8216 | do {
|
---|
8217 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8218 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
8219 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8220 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
8221 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8222 |
|
---|
8223 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8224 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8225 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8226 |
|
---|
8227 | /* Must have at least one image in the chain, will resize last. */
|
---|
8228 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages >= 1, ("cImages=%u\n", pDisk->cImages),
|
---|
8229 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
8230 |
|
---|
8231 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8232 |
|
---|
8233 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
8234 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
8235 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
8236 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnResize)
|
---|
8237 | {
|
---|
8238 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
8239 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
8240 | else
|
---|
8241 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8242 | break;
|
---|
8243 | }
|
---|
8244 |
|
---|
8245 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8246 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8247 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8248 |
|
---|
8249 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8250 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8251 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8252 |
|
---|
8253 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
8254 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
8255 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometryNew;
|
---|
8256 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometryNew;
|
---|
8257 |
|
---|
8258 | if (pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders == 0)
|
---|
8259 | {
|
---|
8260 | /* Auto-detect marker, calculate new value ourself. */
|
---|
8261 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryOld);
|
---|
8262 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && (PCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders != 0))
|
---|
8263 | PCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders = RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / PCHSGeometryOld.cHeads / PCHSGeometryOld.cSectors, 16383);
|
---|
8264 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET)
|
---|
8265 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8266 |
|
---|
8267 | pPCHSGeometryNew = &PCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
8268 | }
|
---|
8269 | else
|
---|
8270 | pPCHSGeometryNew = pPCHSGeometry;
|
---|
8271 |
|
---|
8272 | if (pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders == 0)
|
---|
8273 | {
|
---|
8274 | /* Auto-detect marker, calculate new value ourself. */
|
---|
8275 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryOld);
|
---|
8276 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && (LCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders != 0))
|
---|
8277 | LCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders = cbSize / 512 / LCHSGeometryOld.cHeads / LCHSGeometryOld.cSectors;
|
---|
8278 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET)
|
---|
8279 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8280 |
|
---|
8281 | pLCHSGeometryNew = &LCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
8282 | }
|
---|
8283 | else
|
---|
8284 | pLCHSGeometryNew = pLCHSGeometry;
|
---|
8285 |
|
---|
8286 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8287 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnResize(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8288 | cbSize,
|
---|
8289 | pPCHSGeometryNew,
|
---|
8290 | pLCHSGeometryNew,
|
---|
8291 | 0, 99,
|
---|
8292 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
8293 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
8294 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
8295 | } while (0);
|
---|
8296 |
|
---|
8297 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8298 | {
|
---|
8299 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8300 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8301 | }
|
---|
8302 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8303 | {
|
---|
8304 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8305 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8306 | }
|
---|
8307 |
|
---|
8308 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8309 | {
|
---|
8310 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
8311 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
8312 |
|
---|
8313 | pDisk->cbSize = cbSize;
|
---|
8314 | }
|
---|
8315 |
|
---|
8316 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8317 | return rc;
|
---|
8318 | }
|
---|
8319 |
|
---|
8320 | /**
|
---|
8321 | * Closes the last opened image file in HDD container.
|
---|
8322 | * If previous image file was opened in read-only mode (the normal case) and
|
---|
8323 | * the last opened image is in read-write mode then the previous image will be
|
---|
8324 | * reopened in read/write mode.
|
---|
8325 | *
|
---|
8326 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8327 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8328 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8329 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
8330 | */
|
---|
8331 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
8332 | {
|
---|
8333 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8334 | int rc2;
|
---|
8335 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8336 |
|
---|
8337 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
8338 | do
|
---|
8339 | {
|
---|
8340 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8341 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8342 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8343 |
|
---|
8344 | /* Not worth splitting this up into a read lock phase and write
|
---|
8345 | * lock phase, as closing an image is a relatively fast operation
|
---|
8346 | * dominated by the part which needs the write lock. */
|
---|
8347 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8348 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8349 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8350 |
|
---|
8351 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8352 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
8353 | {
|
---|
8354 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED;
|
---|
8355 | break;
|
---|
8356 | }
|
---|
8357 |
|
---|
8358 | /* Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks. */
|
---|
8359 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
8360 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
8361 | break;
|
---|
8362 |
|
---|
8363 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8364 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
8365 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
8366 | /* Close (and optionally delete) image. */
|
---|
8367 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
8368 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
8369 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
8370 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
8371 |
|
---|
8372 | pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8373 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
8374 | break;
|
---|
8375 |
|
---|
8376 | /* If disk was previously in read/write mode, make sure it will stay
|
---|
8377 | * like this (if possible) after closing this image. Set the open flags
|
---|
8378 | * accordingly. */
|
---|
8379 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
8380 | {
|
---|
8381 | uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8382 | uOpenFlags &= ~ VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
8383 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData, uOpenFlags);
|
---|
8384 | }
|
---|
8385 |
|
---|
8386 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
8387 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8388 |
|
---|
8389 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
8390 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8391 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8392 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
8393 | {
|
---|
8394 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
8395 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
8396 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
8397 | }
|
---|
8398 | else
|
---|
8399 | {
|
---|
8400 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
8401 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
8402 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
8403 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
8404 | }
|
---|
8405 |
|
---|
8406 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
8407 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8408 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8409 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
8410 | {
|
---|
8411 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
8412 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
8413 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
8414 | }
|
---|
8415 | else
|
---|
8416 | {
|
---|
8417 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
8418 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
8419 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
8420 | }
|
---|
8421 | } while (0);
|
---|
8422 |
|
---|
8423 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8424 | {
|
---|
8425 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8426 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8427 | }
|
---|
8428 |
|
---|
8429 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8430 | return rc;
|
---|
8431 | }
|
---|
8432 |
|
---|
8433 | /**
|
---|
8434 | * Closes the currently opened cache image file in HDD container.
|
---|
8435 | *
|
---|
8436 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
8437 | * @return VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no cache is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8438 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8439 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
8440 | */
|
---|
8441 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCacheClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
8442 | {
|
---|
8443 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8444 | int rc2;
|
---|
8445 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8446 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
8447 |
|
---|
8448 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
8449 |
|
---|
8450 | do
|
---|
8451 | {
|
---|
8452 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8453 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8454 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8455 |
|
---|
8456 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8457 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8458 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8459 |
|
---|
8460 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pCache, rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8461 |
|
---|
8462 | pCache = pDisk->pCache;
|
---|
8463 | pDisk->pCache = NULL;
|
---|
8464 |
|
---|
8465 | pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
8466 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
8467 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
8468 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
8469 | } while (0);
|
---|
8470 |
|
---|
8471 | if (RT_LIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8472 | {
|
---|
8473 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8474 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8475 | }
|
---|
8476 |
|
---|
8477 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8478 | return rc;
|
---|
8479 | }
|
---|
8480 |
|
---|
8481 | /**
|
---|
8482 | * Removes the last added filter in the HDD container.
|
---|
8483 | *
|
---|
8484 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
8485 | * @retval VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no filter is present for the disk.
|
---|
8486 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8487 | */
|
---|
8488 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFilterRemove(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8489 | {
|
---|
8490 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8491 | int rc2;
|
---|
8492 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8493 | PVDFILTER pFilter = NULL;
|
---|
8494 |
|
---|
8495 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8496 |
|
---|
8497 | do
|
---|
8498 | {
|
---|
8499 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8500 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8501 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8502 |
|
---|
8503 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8504 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8505 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8506 |
|
---|
8507 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pFilterHead, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
8508 |
|
---|
8509 | pFilter = pDisk->pFilterTail;
|
---|
8510 | vdRemoveFilterFromList(pDisk, pFilter);
|
---|
8511 |
|
---|
8512 | pFilter->pBackend->pfnDestroy(pFilter->pvBackendData);
|
---|
8513 | RTMemFree(pFilter);
|
---|
8514 | } while (0);
|
---|
8515 |
|
---|
8516 | if (RT_LIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8517 | {
|
---|
8518 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8519 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8520 | }
|
---|
8521 |
|
---|
8522 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8523 | return rc;
|
---|
8524 | }
|
---|
8525 |
|
---|
8526 | /**
|
---|
8527 | * Closes all opened image files in HDD container.
|
---|
8528 | *
|
---|
8529 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8530 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8531 | */
|
---|
8532 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCloseAll(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8533 | {
|
---|
8534 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8535 | int rc2;
|
---|
8536 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8537 |
|
---|
8538 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8539 | do
|
---|
8540 | {
|
---|
8541 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8542 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8543 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8544 |
|
---|
8545 | /* Lock the entire operation. */
|
---|
8546 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8547 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8548 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8549 |
|
---|
8550 | PVDCACHE pCache = pDisk->pCache;
|
---|
8551 | if (pCache)
|
---|
8552 | {
|
---|
8553 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
8554 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8555 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
8556 |
|
---|
8557 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
8558 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
8559 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
8560 | }
|
---|
8561 |
|
---|
8562 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8563 | while (VALID_PTR(pImage))
|
---|
8564 | {
|
---|
8565 | PVDIMAGE pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
8566 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
8567 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
8568 | /* Close image. */
|
---|
8569 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
8570 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8571 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
8572 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
8573 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
8574 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
8575 | pImage = pPrev;
|
---|
8576 | }
|
---|
8577 | Assert(!VALID_PTR(pDisk->pLast));
|
---|
8578 | } while (0);
|
---|
8579 |
|
---|
8580 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8581 | {
|
---|
8582 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8583 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8584 | }
|
---|
8585 |
|
---|
8586 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8587 | return rc;
|
---|
8588 | }
|
---|
8589 |
|
---|
8590 | /**
|
---|
8591 | * Removes all filters of the given HDD container.
|
---|
8592 | *
|
---|
8593 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
8594 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8595 | */
|
---|
8596 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFilterRemoveAll(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8597 | {
|
---|
8598 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8599 | int rc2;
|
---|
8600 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8601 |
|
---|
8602 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8603 | do
|
---|
8604 | {
|
---|
8605 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8606 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8607 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8608 |
|
---|
8609 | /* Lock the entire operation. */
|
---|
8610 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8611 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8612 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8613 |
|
---|
8614 | PVDFILTER pFilter = pDisk->pFilterTail;
|
---|
8615 | while (VALID_PTR(pFilter))
|
---|
8616 | {
|
---|
8617 | PVDFILTER pPrev = pFilter->pPrev;
|
---|
8618 | vdRemoveFilterFromList(pDisk, pFilter);
|
---|
8619 |
|
---|
8620 | rc2 = pFilter->pBackend->pfnDestroy(pFilter->pvBackendData);
|
---|
8621 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8622 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
8623 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
8624 | RTMemFree(pFilter);
|
---|
8625 | pFilter = pPrev;
|
---|
8626 | }
|
---|
8627 | Assert(!VALID_PTR(pDisk->pFilterTail));
|
---|
8628 | } while (0);
|
---|
8629 |
|
---|
8630 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8631 | {
|
---|
8632 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8633 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8634 | }
|
---|
8635 |
|
---|
8636 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8637 | return rc;
|
---|
8638 | }
|
---|
8639 |
|
---|
8640 | /**
|
---|
8641 | * Read data from virtual HDD.
|
---|
8642 | *
|
---|
8643 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8644 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8645 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8646 | * @param uOffset Offset of first reading byte from start of disk.
|
---|
8647 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for reading data.
|
---|
8648 | * @param cbRead Number of bytes to read.
|
---|
8649 | */
|
---|
8650 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
8651 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
8652 | {
|
---|
8653 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8654 | int rc2;
|
---|
8655 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8656 |
|
---|
8657 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
8658 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
8659 | do
|
---|
8660 | {
|
---|
8661 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8662 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8663 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8664 |
|
---|
8665 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8666 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
8667 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
8668 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8669 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
8670 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
8671 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8672 |
|
---|
8673 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8674 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8675 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8676 |
|
---|
8677 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8678 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
8679 |
|
---|
8680 | if (uOffset + cbRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
8681 | {
|
---|
8682 | /* Floppy images might be smaller than the standard expected by
|
---|
8683 | the floppy controller code. So, we won't fail here. */
|
---|
8684 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->enmType == VDTYPE_FLOPPY,
|
---|
8685 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
8686 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
8687 | rc = VERR_EOF);
|
---|
8688 | memset(pvBuf, 0xf6, cbRead); /* f6h = format.com filler byte */
|
---|
8689 | if (uOffset >= pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
8690 | break;
|
---|
8691 | cbRead = pDisk->cbSize - uOffset;
|
---|
8692 | }
|
---|
8693 |
|
---|
8694 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead,
|
---|
8695 | true /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
8696 | } while (0);
|
---|
8697 |
|
---|
8698 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8699 | {
|
---|
8700 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8701 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8702 | }
|
---|
8703 |
|
---|
8704 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8705 | return rc;
|
---|
8706 | }
|
---|
8707 |
|
---|
8708 | /**
|
---|
8709 | * Write data to virtual HDD.
|
---|
8710 | *
|
---|
8711 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8712 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8713 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8714 | * @param uOffset Offset of the first byte being
|
---|
8715 | * written from start of disk.
|
---|
8716 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for writing data.
|
---|
8717 | * @param cbWrite Number of bytes to write.
|
---|
8718 | */
|
---|
8719 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
8720 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
8721 | {
|
---|
8722 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8723 | int rc2;
|
---|
8724 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8725 |
|
---|
8726 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
8727 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
8728 | do
|
---|
8729 | {
|
---|
8730 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8731 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8732 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8733 |
|
---|
8734 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8735 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
8736 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
8737 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8738 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
8739 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
8740 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8741 |
|
---|
8742 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8743 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8744 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8745 |
|
---|
8746 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
8747 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
8748 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
8749 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8750 |
|
---|
8751 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8752 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
8753 |
|
---|
8754 | vdSetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
8755 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite,
|
---|
8756 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_READ_UPDATE_CACHE);
|
---|
8757 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
8758 | break;
|
---|
8759 |
|
---|
8760 | /* If there is a merge (in the direction towards a parent) running
|
---|
8761 | * concurrently then we have to also "relay" the write to this parent,
|
---|
8762 | * as the merge position might be already past the position where
|
---|
8763 | * this write is going. The "context" of the write can come from the
|
---|
8764 | * natural chain, since merging either already did or will take care
|
---|
8765 | * of the "other" content which is might be needed to fill the block
|
---|
8766 | * to a full allocation size. The cache doesn't need to be touched
|
---|
8767 | * as this write is covered by the previous one. */
|
---|
8768 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pImageRelay))
|
---|
8769 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pDisk->pImageRelay, uOffset,
|
---|
8770 | pvBuf, cbWrite, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
|
---|
8771 | } while (0);
|
---|
8772 |
|
---|
8773 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8774 | {
|
---|
8775 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8776 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8777 | }
|
---|
8778 |
|
---|
8779 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8780 | return rc;
|
---|
8781 | }
|
---|
8782 |
|
---|
8783 | /**
|
---|
8784 | * Make sure the on disk representation of a virtual HDD is up to date.
|
---|
8785 | *
|
---|
8786 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8787 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8788 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8789 | */
|
---|
8790 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8791 | {
|
---|
8792 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8793 | int rc2;
|
---|
8794 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8795 |
|
---|
8796 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8797 | do
|
---|
8798 | {
|
---|
8799 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8800 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8801 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8802 |
|
---|
8803 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8804 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8805 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8806 |
|
---|
8807 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8808 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
8809 |
|
---|
8810 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
8811 | RTSEMEVENT hEventComplete = NIL_RTSEMEVENT;
|
---|
8812 |
|
---|
8813 | rc = RTSemEventCreate(&hEventComplete);
|
---|
8814 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
8815 | break;
|
---|
8816 |
|
---|
8817 | vdIoCtxInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, 0, 0, pImage, NULL,
|
---|
8818 | NULL, vdFlushHelperAsync, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE);
|
---|
8819 |
|
---|
8820 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pfnComplete = vdIoCtxSyncComplete;
|
---|
8821 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser1 = pDisk;
|
---|
8822 | IoCtx.Type.Root.pvUser2 = hEventComplete;
|
---|
8823 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessSync(&IoCtx, hEventComplete);
|
---|
8824 |
|
---|
8825 | RTSemEventDestroy(hEventComplete);
|
---|
8826 | } while (0);
|
---|
8827 |
|
---|
8828 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8829 | {
|
---|
8830 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8831 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8832 | }
|
---|
8833 |
|
---|
8834 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8835 | return rc;
|
---|
8836 | }
|
---|
8837 |
|
---|
8838 | /**
|
---|
8839 | * Get number of opened images in HDD container.
|
---|
8840 | *
|
---|
8841 | * @returns Number of opened images for HDD container. 0 if no images have been opened.
|
---|
8842 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8843 | */
|
---|
8844 | VBOXDDU_DECL(unsigned) VDGetCount(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8845 | {
|
---|
8846 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
8847 | int rc2;
|
---|
8848 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8849 |
|
---|
8850 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8851 | do
|
---|
8852 | {
|
---|
8853 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8854 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cImages = 0);
|
---|
8855 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8856 |
|
---|
8857 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8858 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8859 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8860 |
|
---|
8861 | cImages = pDisk->cImages;
|
---|
8862 | } while (0);
|
---|
8863 |
|
---|
8864 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8865 | {
|
---|
8866 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8867 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8868 | }
|
---|
8869 |
|
---|
8870 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %u\n", cImages));
|
---|
8871 | return cImages;
|
---|
8872 | }
|
---|
8873 |
|
---|
8874 | /**
|
---|
8875 | * Get read/write mode of HDD container.
|
---|
8876 | *
|
---|
8877 | * @returns Virtual disk ReadOnly status.
|
---|
8878 | * @returns true if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8879 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8880 | */
|
---|
8881 | VBOXDDU_DECL(bool) VDIsReadOnly(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8882 | {
|
---|
8883 | bool fReadOnly;
|
---|
8884 | int rc2;
|
---|
8885 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8886 |
|
---|
8887 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8888 | do
|
---|
8889 | {
|
---|
8890 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8891 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, fReadOnly = false);
|
---|
8892 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8893 |
|
---|
8894 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8895 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8896 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8897 |
|
---|
8898 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8899 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, fReadOnly = true);
|
---|
8900 |
|
---|
8901 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
8902 | uOpenFlags = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
8903 | fReadOnly = !!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY);
|
---|
8904 | } while (0);
|
---|
8905 |
|
---|
8906 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8907 | {
|
---|
8908 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8909 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8910 | }
|
---|
8911 |
|
---|
8912 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %d\n", fReadOnly));
|
---|
8913 | return fReadOnly;
|
---|
8914 | }
|
---|
8915 |
|
---|
8916 | /**
|
---|
8917 | * Get sector size of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
8918 | *
|
---|
8919 | * @return Virtual disk sector size in bytes.
|
---|
8920 | * @return 0 if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8921 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8922 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8923 | */
|
---|
8924 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint32_t) VDGetSectorSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
8925 | {
|
---|
8926 | uint64_t cbSector;
|
---|
8927 | int rc2;
|
---|
8928 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8929 |
|
---|
8930 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
8931 | do
|
---|
8932 | {
|
---|
8933 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8934 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSector = 0);
|
---|
8935 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8936 |
|
---|
8937 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8938 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8939 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8940 |
|
---|
8941 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8942 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSector = 0);
|
---|
8943 | cbSector = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSectorSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8944 | } while (0);
|
---|
8945 |
|
---|
8946 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8947 | {
|
---|
8948 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8949 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8950 | }
|
---|
8951 |
|
---|
8952 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %u\n", cbSector));
|
---|
8953 | return cbSector;
|
---|
8954 | }
|
---|
8955 |
|
---|
8956 | /**
|
---|
8957 | * Get total capacity of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
8958 | *
|
---|
8959 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
8960 | * @returns 0 if no image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8961 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8962 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8963 | */
|
---|
8964 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
8965 | {
|
---|
8966 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
8967 | int rc2;
|
---|
8968 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8969 |
|
---|
8970 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
8971 | do
|
---|
8972 | {
|
---|
8973 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8974 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8975 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8976 |
|
---|
8977 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8978 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8979 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8980 |
|
---|
8981 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8982 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8983 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8984 | } while (0);
|
---|
8985 |
|
---|
8986 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8987 | {
|
---|
8988 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8989 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8990 | }
|
---|
8991 |
|
---|
8992 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
8993 | return cbSize;
|
---|
8994 | }
|
---|
8995 |
|
---|
8996 | /**
|
---|
8997 | * Get total file size of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
8998 | *
|
---|
8999 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
9000 | * @returns 0 if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
9001 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9002 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9003 | */
|
---|
9004 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetFileSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
9005 | {
|
---|
9006 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
9007 | int rc2;
|
---|
9008 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9009 |
|
---|
9010 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
9011 | do
|
---|
9012 | {
|
---|
9013 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9014 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
9015 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9016 |
|
---|
9017 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9018 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9019 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9020 |
|
---|
9021 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9022 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
9023 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetFileSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
9024 | } while (0);
|
---|
9025 |
|
---|
9026 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9027 | {
|
---|
9028 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9029 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9030 | }
|
---|
9031 |
|
---|
9032 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
9033 | return cbSize;
|
---|
9034 | }
|
---|
9035 |
|
---|
9036 | /**
|
---|
9037 | * Get virtual disk PCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
9038 | *
|
---|
9039 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9040 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9041 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
9042 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9043 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9044 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to store PCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
9045 | */
|
---|
9046 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9047 | PVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9048 | {
|
---|
9049 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9050 | int rc2;
|
---|
9051 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9052 |
|
---|
9053 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
9054 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry));
|
---|
9055 | do
|
---|
9056 | {
|
---|
9057 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9058 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9059 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9060 |
|
---|
9061 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9062 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
9063 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
9064 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9065 |
|
---|
9066 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9067 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9068 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9069 |
|
---|
9070 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9071 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9072 |
|
---|
9073 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
9074 | {
|
---|
9075 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
9076 | if (pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
9077 | *pPCHSGeometry = pDisk->PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
9078 | else
|
---|
9079 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
9080 | }
|
---|
9081 | else
|
---|
9082 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9083 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9084 | } while (0);
|
---|
9085 |
|
---|
9086 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9087 | {
|
---|
9088 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9089 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9090 | }
|
---|
9091 |
|
---|
9092 | LogFlowFunc(("%Rrc (PCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
9093 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
9094 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
9095 | return rc;
|
---|
9096 | }
|
---|
9097 |
|
---|
9098 | /**
|
---|
9099 | * Store virtual disk PCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
9100 | *
|
---|
9101 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
9102 | *
|
---|
9103 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9104 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9105 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
9106 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9107 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9108 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to load PCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
9109 | */
|
---|
9110 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9111 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9112 | {
|
---|
9113 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9114 | int rc2;
|
---|
9115 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9116 |
|
---|
9117 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
9118 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry, pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
9119 | pPCHSGeometry->cHeads, pPCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
9120 | do
|
---|
9121 | {
|
---|
9122 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9123 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9124 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9125 |
|
---|
9126 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9127 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9128 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
9129 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
9130 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
9131 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
9132 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
9133 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9134 |
|
---|
9135 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9136 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9137 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9138 |
|
---|
9139 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9140 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9141 |
|
---|
9142 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
9143 | {
|
---|
9144 | if ( pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
9145 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
9146 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
9147 | {
|
---|
9148 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
9149 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
9150 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
9151 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
9152 | * right now. */
|
---|
9153 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9154 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9155 |
|
---|
9156 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
9157 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9158 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9159 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
9160 | {
|
---|
9161 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
9162 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
9163 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
9164 | }
|
---|
9165 | else
|
---|
9166 | {
|
---|
9167 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
9168 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
9169 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
9170 | }
|
---|
9171 | }
|
---|
9172 | }
|
---|
9173 | else
|
---|
9174 | {
|
---|
9175 | VDGEOMETRY PCHS;
|
---|
9176 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9177 | &PCHS);
|
---|
9178 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
9179 | || pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != PCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
9180 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != PCHS.cHeads
|
---|
9181 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != PCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
9182 | {
|
---|
9183 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
9184 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
9185 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
9186 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
9187 | * right now. */
|
---|
9188 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9189 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9190 | }
|
---|
9191 | }
|
---|
9192 | } while (0);
|
---|
9193 |
|
---|
9194 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9195 | {
|
---|
9196 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9197 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9198 | }
|
---|
9199 |
|
---|
9200 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9201 | return rc;
|
---|
9202 | }
|
---|
9203 |
|
---|
9204 | /**
|
---|
9205 | * Get virtual disk LCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
9206 | *
|
---|
9207 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9208 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9209 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
9210 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9211 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9212 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to store LCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
9213 | */
|
---|
9214 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9215 | PVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9216 | {
|
---|
9217 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9218 | int rc2;
|
---|
9219 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9220 |
|
---|
9221 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
9222 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry));
|
---|
9223 | do
|
---|
9224 | {
|
---|
9225 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9226 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9227 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9228 |
|
---|
9229 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9230 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
9231 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
9232 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9233 |
|
---|
9234 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9235 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9236 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9237 |
|
---|
9238 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9239 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9240 |
|
---|
9241 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
9242 | {
|
---|
9243 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
9244 | if (pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
9245 | *pLCHSGeometry = pDisk->LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
9246 | else
|
---|
9247 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
9248 | }
|
---|
9249 | else
|
---|
9250 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9251 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9252 | } while (0);
|
---|
9253 |
|
---|
9254 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9255 | {
|
---|
9256 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9257 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9258 | }
|
---|
9259 |
|
---|
9260 | LogFlowFunc((": %Rrc (LCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
9261 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
9262 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
9263 | return rc;
|
---|
9264 | }
|
---|
9265 |
|
---|
9266 | /**
|
---|
9267 | * Store virtual disk LCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
9268 | *
|
---|
9269 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
9270 | *
|
---|
9271 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9272 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9273 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
9274 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9275 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9276 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to load LCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
9277 | */
|
---|
9278 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9279 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9280 | {
|
---|
9281 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9282 | int rc2;
|
---|
9283 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9284 |
|
---|
9285 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
9286 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
9287 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
9288 | do
|
---|
9289 | {
|
---|
9290 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9291 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9292 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9293 |
|
---|
9294 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9295 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
9296 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
9297 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
9298 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
9299 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
9300 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
9301 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9302 |
|
---|
9303 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9304 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9305 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9306 |
|
---|
9307 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9308 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9309 |
|
---|
9310 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
9311 | {
|
---|
9312 | if ( pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
9313 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
9314 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
9315 | {
|
---|
9316 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
9317 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
9318 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
9319 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
9320 | * right now. */
|
---|
9321 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9322 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9323 |
|
---|
9324 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
9325 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9326 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9327 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
9328 | {
|
---|
9329 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
9330 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
9331 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
9332 | }
|
---|
9333 | else
|
---|
9334 | {
|
---|
9335 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
9336 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
9337 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
9338 | }
|
---|
9339 | }
|
---|
9340 | }
|
---|
9341 | else
|
---|
9342 | {
|
---|
9343 | VDGEOMETRY LCHS;
|
---|
9344 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9345 | &LCHS);
|
---|
9346 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
9347 | || pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != LCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
9348 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != LCHS.cHeads
|
---|
9349 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != LCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
9350 | {
|
---|
9351 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
9352 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
9353 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
9354 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
9355 | * right now. */
|
---|
9356 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9357 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
9358 | }
|
---|
9359 | }
|
---|
9360 | } while (0);
|
---|
9361 |
|
---|
9362 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9363 | {
|
---|
9364 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9365 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9366 | }
|
---|
9367 |
|
---|
9368 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9369 | return rc;
|
---|
9370 | }
|
---|
9371 |
|
---|
9372 | /**
|
---|
9373 | * Get version of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9374 | *
|
---|
9375 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9376 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9377 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9378 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9379 | * @param puVersion Where to store the image version.
|
---|
9380 | */
|
---|
9381 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetVersion(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9382 | unsigned *puVersion)
|
---|
9383 | {
|
---|
9384 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9385 | int rc2;
|
---|
9386 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9387 |
|
---|
9388 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puVersion=%#p\n",
|
---|
9389 | pDisk, nImage, puVersion));
|
---|
9390 | do
|
---|
9391 | {
|
---|
9392 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9393 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9394 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9395 |
|
---|
9396 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9397 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puVersion),
|
---|
9398 | ("puVersion=%#p\n", puVersion),
|
---|
9399 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9400 |
|
---|
9401 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9402 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9403 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9404 |
|
---|
9405 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9406 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9407 |
|
---|
9408 | *puVersion = pImage->Backend->pfnGetVersion(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
9409 | } while (0);
|
---|
9410 |
|
---|
9411 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9412 | {
|
---|
9413 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9414 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9415 | }
|
---|
9416 |
|
---|
9417 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uVersion=%#x\n", rc, *puVersion));
|
---|
9418 | return rc;
|
---|
9419 | }
|
---|
9420 |
|
---|
9421 | /**
|
---|
9422 | * List the capabilities of image backend in HDD container.
|
---|
9423 | *
|
---|
9424 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9425 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9426 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
9427 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9428 | * @param pbackendInfo Where to store the backend information.
|
---|
9429 | */
|
---|
9430 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoSingle(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9431 | PVDBACKENDINFO pBackendInfo)
|
---|
9432 | {
|
---|
9433 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9434 | int rc2;
|
---|
9435 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9436 |
|
---|
9437 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pBackendInfo=%#p\n",
|
---|
9438 | pDisk, nImage, pBackendInfo));
|
---|
9439 | do
|
---|
9440 | {
|
---|
9441 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9442 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9443 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9444 |
|
---|
9445 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9446 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pBackendInfo),
|
---|
9447 | ("pBackendInfo=%#p\n", pBackendInfo),
|
---|
9448 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9449 |
|
---|
9450 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9451 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9452 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9453 |
|
---|
9454 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9455 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9456 |
|
---|
9457 | pBackendInfo->pszBackend = pImage->Backend->pszBackendName;
|
---|
9458 | pBackendInfo->uBackendCaps = pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
9459 | pBackendInfo->paFileExtensions = pImage->Backend->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
9460 | pBackendInfo->paConfigInfo = pImage->Backend->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
9461 | } while (0);
|
---|
9462 |
|
---|
9463 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9464 | {
|
---|
9465 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9466 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9467 | }
|
---|
9468 |
|
---|
9469 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9470 | return rc;
|
---|
9471 | }
|
---|
9472 |
|
---|
9473 | /**
|
---|
9474 | * Get flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9475 | *
|
---|
9476 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9477 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9478 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9479 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9480 | * @param puImageFlags Where to store the image flags.
|
---|
9481 | */
|
---|
9482 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetImageFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9483 | unsigned *puImageFlags)
|
---|
9484 | {
|
---|
9485 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9486 | int rc2;
|
---|
9487 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9488 |
|
---|
9489 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puImageFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
9490 | pDisk, nImage, puImageFlags));
|
---|
9491 | do
|
---|
9492 | {
|
---|
9493 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9494 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9495 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9496 |
|
---|
9497 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9498 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puImageFlags),
|
---|
9499 | ("puImageFlags=%#p\n", puImageFlags),
|
---|
9500 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9501 |
|
---|
9502 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9503 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9504 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9505 |
|
---|
9506 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9507 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9508 |
|
---|
9509 | *puImageFlags = pImage->uImageFlags;
|
---|
9510 | } while (0);
|
---|
9511 |
|
---|
9512 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9513 | {
|
---|
9514 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9515 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9516 | }
|
---|
9517 |
|
---|
9518 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uImageFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puImageFlags));
|
---|
9519 | return rc;
|
---|
9520 | }
|
---|
9521 |
|
---|
9522 | /**
|
---|
9523 | * Get open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9524 | *
|
---|
9525 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9526 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9527 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9528 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9529 | * @param puOpenFlags Where to store the image open flags.
|
---|
9530 | */
|
---|
9531 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9532 | unsigned *puOpenFlags)
|
---|
9533 | {
|
---|
9534 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9535 | int rc2;
|
---|
9536 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9537 |
|
---|
9538 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puOpenFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
9539 | pDisk, nImage, puOpenFlags));
|
---|
9540 | do
|
---|
9541 | {
|
---|
9542 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9543 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9544 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9545 |
|
---|
9546 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9547 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puOpenFlags),
|
---|
9548 | ("puOpenFlags=%#p\n", puOpenFlags),
|
---|
9549 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9550 |
|
---|
9551 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9552 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9553 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9554 |
|
---|
9555 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9556 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9557 |
|
---|
9558 | *puOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
9559 | } while (0);
|
---|
9560 |
|
---|
9561 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9562 | {
|
---|
9563 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9564 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9565 | }
|
---|
9566 |
|
---|
9567 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uOpenFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puOpenFlags));
|
---|
9568 | return rc;
|
---|
9569 | }
|
---|
9570 |
|
---|
9571 | /**
|
---|
9572 | * Set open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9573 | * This operation may cause file locking changes and/or files being reopened.
|
---|
9574 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
9575 | *
|
---|
9576 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9577 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9578 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9579 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9580 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
9581 | */
|
---|
9582 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9583 | unsigned uOpenFlags)
|
---|
9584 | {
|
---|
9585 | int rc;
|
---|
9586 | int rc2;
|
---|
9587 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9588 |
|
---|
9589 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOpenFlags=%#u\n", pDisk, uOpenFlags));
|
---|
9590 | do
|
---|
9591 | {
|
---|
9592 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9593 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9594 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9595 |
|
---|
9596 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9597 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
9598 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
9599 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9600 |
|
---|
9601 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9602 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9603 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9604 |
|
---|
9605 | /* Destroy any discard state because the image might be changed to readonly mode. */
|
---|
9606 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
9607 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
9608 | break;
|
---|
9609 |
|
---|
9610 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9611 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9612 |
|
---|
9613 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9614 | uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS));
|
---|
9615 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
9616 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & (VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS);
|
---|
9617 | } while (0);
|
---|
9618 |
|
---|
9619 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9620 | {
|
---|
9621 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9622 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9623 | }
|
---|
9624 |
|
---|
9625 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9626 | return rc;
|
---|
9627 | }
|
---|
9628 |
|
---|
9629 | /**
|
---|
9630 | * Get base filename of image in HDD container. Some image formats use
|
---|
9631 | * other filenames as well, so don't use this for anything but informational
|
---|
9632 | * purposes.
|
---|
9633 | *
|
---|
9634 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9635 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9636 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszFilename buffer too small to hold filename.
|
---|
9637 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9638 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9639 | * @param pszFilename Where to store the image file name.
|
---|
9640 | * @param cbFilename Size of buffer pszFilename points to.
|
---|
9641 | */
|
---|
9642 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFilename(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9643 | char *pszFilename, unsigned cbFilename)
|
---|
9644 | {
|
---|
9645 | int rc;
|
---|
9646 | int rc2;
|
---|
9647 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9648 |
|
---|
9649 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszFilename=%#p cbFilename=%u\n",
|
---|
9650 | pDisk, nImage, pszFilename, cbFilename));
|
---|
9651 | do
|
---|
9652 | {
|
---|
9653 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9654 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9655 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9656 |
|
---|
9657 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9658 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
9659 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
9660 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9661 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbFilename,
|
---|
9662 | ("cbFilename=%u\n", cbFilename),
|
---|
9663 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9664 |
|
---|
9665 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9666 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9667 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9668 |
|
---|
9669 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9670 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9671 |
|
---|
9672 | size_t cb = strlen(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
9673 | if (cb <= cbFilename)
|
---|
9674 | {
|
---|
9675 | strcpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
9676 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9677 | }
|
---|
9678 | else
|
---|
9679 | {
|
---|
9680 | strncpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename, cbFilename - 1);
|
---|
9681 | pszFilename[cbFilename - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
9682 | rc = VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
9683 | }
|
---|
9684 | } while (0);
|
---|
9685 |
|
---|
9686 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9687 | {
|
---|
9688 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9689 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9690 | }
|
---|
9691 |
|
---|
9692 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszFilename));
|
---|
9693 | return rc;
|
---|
9694 | }
|
---|
9695 |
|
---|
9696 | /**
|
---|
9697 | * Get the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9698 | *
|
---|
9699 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9700 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9701 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszComment buffer too small to hold comment text.
|
---|
9702 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9703 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9704 | * @param pszComment Where to store the comment string of image. NULL is ok.
|
---|
9705 | * @param cbComment The size of pszComment buffer. 0 is ok.
|
---|
9706 | */
|
---|
9707 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9708 | char *pszComment, unsigned cbComment)
|
---|
9709 | {
|
---|
9710 | int rc;
|
---|
9711 | int rc2;
|
---|
9712 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9713 |
|
---|
9714 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p cbComment=%u\n",
|
---|
9715 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, cbComment));
|
---|
9716 | do
|
---|
9717 | {
|
---|
9718 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9719 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9720 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9721 |
|
---|
9722 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9723 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment),
|
---|
9724 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
9725 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9726 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbComment,
|
---|
9727 | ("cbComment=%u\n", cbComment),
|
---|
9728 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9729 |
|
---|
9730 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9731 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9732 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9733 |
|
---|
9734 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9735 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9736 |
|
---|
9737 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImage->pBackendData, pszComment,
|
---|
9738 | cbComment);
|
---|
9739 | } while (0);
|
---|
9740 |
|
---|
9741 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9742 | {
|
---|
9743 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9744 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9745 | }
|
---|
9746 |
|
---|
9747 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszComment=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszComment));
|
---|
9748 | return rc;
|
---|
9749 | }
|
---|
9750 |
|
---|
9751 | /**
|
---|
9752 | * Changes the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9753 | *
|
---|
9754 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9755 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9756 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9757 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9758 | * @param pszComment New comment string (UTF-8). NULL is allowed to reset the comment.
|
---|
9759 | */
|
---|
9760 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9761 | const char *pszComment)
|
---|
9762 | {
|
---|
9763 | int rc;
|
---|
9764 | int rc2;
|
---|
9765 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9766 |
|
---|
9767 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n",
|
---|
9768 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, pszComment));
|
---|
9769 | do
|
---|
9770 | {
|
---|
9771 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9772 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9773 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9774 |
|
---|
9775 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9776 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment) || pszComment == NULL,
|
---|
9777 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
9778 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9779 |
|
---|
9780 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9781 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9782 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9783 |
|
---|
9784 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9785 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9786 |
|
---|
9787 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetComment(pImage->pBackendData, pszComment);
|
---|
9788 | } while (0);
|
---|
9789 |
|
---|
9790 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9791 | {
|
---|
9792 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9793 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9794 | }
|
---|
9795 |
|
---|
9796 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9797 | return rc;
|
---|
9798 | }
|
---|
9799 |
|
---|
9800 |
|
---|
9801 | /**
|
---|
9802 | * Get UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9803 | *
|
---|
9804 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9805 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9806 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9807 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9808 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image creation UUID.
|
---|
9809 | */
|
---|
9810 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9811 | {
|
---|
9812 | int rc;
|
---|
9813 | int rc2;
|
---|
9814 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9815 |
|
---|
9816 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
9817 | do
|
---|
9818 | {
|
---|
9819 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9820 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9821 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9822 |
|
---|
9823 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9824 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
9825 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9826 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9827 |
|
---|
9828 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9829 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9830 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9831 |
|
---|
9832 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9833 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9834 |
|
---|
9835 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
9836 | } while (0);
|
---|
9837 |
|
---|
9838 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9839 | {
|
---|
9840 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9841 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9842 | }
|
---|
9843 |
|
---|
9844 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
9845 | return rc;
|
---|
9846 | }
|
---|
9847 |
|
---|
9848 | /**
|
---|
9849 | * Set the image's UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
9850 | *
|
---|
9851 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9852 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9853 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9854 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9855 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
9856 | */
|
---|
9857 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9858 | {
|
---|
9859 | int rc;
|
---|
9860 | int rc2;
|
---|
9861 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9862 |
|
---|
9863 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
9864 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
9865 | do
|
---|
9866 | {
|
---|
9867 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9868 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9869 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9870 |
|
---|
9871 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
9872 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9873 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9874 |
|
---|
9875 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9876 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9877 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9878 |
|
---|
9879 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9880 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9881 |
|
---|
9882 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
9883 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
9884 | {
|
---|
9885 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
9886 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
9887 | }
|
---|
9888 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
9889 | } while (0);
|
---|
9890 |
|
---|
9891 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9892 | {
|
---|
9893 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9894 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9895 | }
|
---|
9896 |
|
---|
9897 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9898 | return rc;
|
---|
9899 | }
|
---|
9900 |
|
---|
9901 | /**
|
---|
9902 | * Get last modification UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9903 | *
|
---|
9904 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9905 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9906 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9907 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9908 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image modification UUID.
|
---|
9909 | */
|
---|
9910 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9911 | {
|
---|
9912 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9913 | int rc2;
|
---|
9914 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9915 |
|
---|
9916 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
9917 | do
|
---|
9918 | {
|
---|
9919 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9920 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9921 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9922 |
|
---|
9923 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9924 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
9925 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9926 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9927 |
|
---|
9928 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9929 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9930 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9931 |
|
---|
9932 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9933 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9934 |
|
---|
9935 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9936 | pUuid);
|
---|
9937 | } while (0);
|
---|
9938 |
|
---|
9939 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9940 | {
|
---|
9941 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9942 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9943 | }
|
---|
9944 |
|
---|
9945 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
9946 | return rc;
|
---|
9947 | }
|
---|
9948 |
|
---|
9949 | /**
|
---|
9950 | * Set the image's last modification UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
9951 | *
|
---|
9952 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9953 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9954 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9955 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9956 | * @param pUuid New modification UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
9957 | */
|
---|
9958 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9959 | {
|
---|
9960 | int rc;
|
---|
9961 | int rc2;
|
---|
9962 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9963 |
|
---|
9964 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
9965 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
9966 | do
|
---|
9967 | {
|
---|
9968 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9969 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9970 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9971 |
|
---|
9972 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9973 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
9974 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9975 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9976 |
|
---|
9977 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9978 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9979 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9980 |
|
---|
9981 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9982 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9983 |
|
---|
9984 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
9985 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
9986 | {
|
---|
9987 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
9988 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
9989 | }
|
---|
9990 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9991 | pUuid);
|
---|
9992 | } while (0);
|
---|
9993 |
|
---|
9994 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9995 | {
|
---|
9996 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9997 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9998 | }
|
---|
9999 |
|
---|
10000 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10001 | return rc;
|
---|
10002 | }
|
---|
10003 |
|
---|
10004 | /**
|
---|
10005 | * Get parent UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
10006 | *
|
---|
10007 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
10008 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
10009 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
10010 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
10011 | * @param pUuid Where to store the parent image UUID.
|
---|
10012 | */
|
---|
10013 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
10014 | PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
10015 | {
|
---|
10016 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
10017 | int rc2;
|
---|
10018 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
10019 |
|
---|
10020 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
10021 | do
|
---|
10022 | {
|
---|
10023 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10024 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10025 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10026 |
|
---|
10027 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10028 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
10029 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
10030 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10031 |
|
---|
10032 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10033 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10034 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
10035 |
|
---|
10036 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
10037 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
10038 |
|
---|
10039 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
10040 | } while (0);
|
---|
10041 |
|
---|
10042 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
10043 | {
|
---|
10044 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10045 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10046 | }
|
---|
10047 |
|
---|
10048 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
10049 | return rc;
|
---|
10050 | }
|
---|
10051 |
|
---|
10052 | /**
|
---|
10053 | * Set the image's parent UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
10054 | *
|
---|
10055 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
10056 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
10057 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
10058 | * @param pUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
10059 | */
|
---|
10060 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
10061 | PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
10062 | {
|
---|
10063 | int rc;
|
---|
10064 | int rc2;
|
---|
10065 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
10066 |
|
---|
10067 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
10068 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
10069 | do
|
---|
10070 | {
|
---|
10071 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10072 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10073 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10074 |
|
---|
10075 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10076 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
10077 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
10078 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10079 |
|
---|
10080 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10081 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10082 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
10083 |
|
---|
10084 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
10085 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
10086 |
|
---|
10087 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
10088 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
10089 | {
|
---|
10090 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
10091 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
10092 | }
|
---|
10093 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
10094 | } while (0);
|
---|
10095 |
|
---|
10096 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
10097 | {
|
---|
10098 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10099 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10100 | }
|
---|
10101 |
|
---|
10102 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10103 | return rc;
|
---|
10104 | }
|
---|
10105 |
|
---|
10106 |
|
---|
10107 | /**
|
---|
10108 | * Debug helper - dumps all opened images in HDD container into the log file.
|
---|
10109 | *
|
---|
10110 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
10111 | */
|
---|
10112 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDumpImages(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
10113 | {
|
---|
10114 | int rc2;
|
---|
10115 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
10116 |
|
---|
10117 | do
|
---|
10118 | {
|
---|
10119 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10120 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
10121 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10122 |
|
---|
10123 | if (!pDisk->pInterfaceError || !VALID_PTR(pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage))
|
---|
10124 | pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
10125 |
|
---|
10126 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10127 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10128 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
10129 |
|
---|
10130 | vdMessageWrapper(pDisk, "--- Dumping VD Disk, Images=%u\n", pDisk->cImages);
|
---|
10131 | for (PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase; pImage; pImage = pImage->pNext)
|
---|
10132 | {
|
---|
10133 | vdMessageWrapper(pDisk, "Dumping VD image \"%s\" (Backend=%s)\n",
|
---|
10134 | pImage->pszFilename, pImage->Backend->pszBackendName);
|
---|
10135 | pImage->Backend->pfnDump(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
10136 | }
|
---|
10137 | } while (0);
|
---|
10138 |
|
---|
10139 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
10140 | {
|
---|
10141 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10142 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10143 | }
|
---|
10144 | }
|
---|
10145 |
|
---|
10146 |
|
---|
10147 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDDiscardRanges(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges, unsigned cRanges)
|
---|
10148 | {
|
---|
10149 | int rc;
|
---|
10150 | int rc2;
|
---|
10151 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
10152 |
|
---|
10153 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p paRanges=%#p cRanges=%u\n",
|
---|
10154 | pDisk, paRanges, cRanges));
|
---|
10155 | do
|
---|
10156 | {
|
---|
10157 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10158 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10159 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10160 |
|
---|
10161 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10162 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cRanges,
|
---|
10163 | ("cRanges=%u\n", cRanges),
|
---|
10164 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10165 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paRanges),
|
---|
10166 | ("paRanges=%#p\n", paRanges),
|
---|
10167 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10168 |
|
---|
10169 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10170 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10171 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
10172 |
|
---|
10173 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
10174 |
|
---|
10175 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD,
|
---|
10176 | ("Discarding not supported\n"),
|
---|
10177 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
10178 |
|
---|
10179 | VDIOCTX IoCtx;
|
---|
10180 | RTSEMEVENT hEventComplete = NIL_RTSEMEVENT;
|
---|
10181 |
|
---|
10182 | rc = RTSemEventCreate(&hEventComplete);
|
---|
10183 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
10184 | break;
|
---|
10185 |
|
---|
10186 | vdIoCtxDiscardInit(&IoCtx, pDisk, paRanges, cRanges,
|
---|
10187 | vdIoCtxSyncComplete, pDisk, hEventComplete, NULL,
|
---|
10188 | vdDiscardHelperAsync, VDIOCTX_FLAGS_SYNC | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DONT_FREE);
|
---|
10189 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessSync(&IoCtx, hEventComplete);
|
---|
10190 |
|
---|
10191 | RTSemEventDestroy(hEventComplete);
|
---|
10192 | } while (0);
|
---|
10193 |
|
---|
10194 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
10195 | {
|
---|
10196 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10197 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10198 | }
|
---|
10199 |
|
---|
10200 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10201 | return rc;
|
---|
10202 | }
|
---|
10203 |
|
---|
10204 |
|
---|
10205 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
10206 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
10207 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
10208 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
10209 | {
|
---|
10210 | int rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
10211 | int rc2;
|
---|
10212 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
10213 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
10214 |
|
---|
10215 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pcSgBuf=%#p cbRead=%zu pvUser1=%#p pvUser2=%#p\n",
|
---|
10216 | pDisk, uOffset, pcSgBuf, cbRead, pvUser1, pvUser2));
|
---|
10217 |
|
---|
10218 | do
|
---|
10219 | {
|
---|
10220 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10221 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10222 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10223 |
|
---|
10224 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10225 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
10226 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
10227 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10228 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pcSgBuf),
|
---|
10229 | ("pcSgBuf=%#p\n", pcSgBuf),
|
---|
10230 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10231 |
|
---|
10232 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10233 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10234 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
10235 |
|
---|
10236 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
10237 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
10238 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
10239 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10240 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
10241 |
|
---|
10242 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset,
|
---|
10243 | cbRead, pDisk->pLast, pcSgBuf,
|
---|
10244 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
10245 | NULL, vdReadHelperAsync,
|
---|
10246 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_ZERO_FREE_BLOCKS);
|
---|
10247 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
10248 | {
|
---|
10249 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
10250 | break;
|
---|
10251 | }
|
---|
10252 |
|
---|
10253 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
10254 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
10255 | {
|
---|
10256 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
10257 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10258 | else
|
---|
10259 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
10260 | }
|
---|
10261 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
10262 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10263 |
|
---|
10264 | } while (0);
|
---|
10265 |
|
---|
10266 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
10267 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
10268 | {
|
---|
10269 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
10270 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10271 | }
|
---|
10272 |
|
---|
10273 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10274 | return rc;
|
---|
10275 | }
|
---|
10276 |
|
---|
10277 |
|
---|
10278 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
10279 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
10280 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
10281 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
10282 | {
|
---|
10283 | int rc;
|
---|
10284 | int rc2;
|
---|
10285 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
10286 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
10287 |
|
---|
10288 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu cSgBuf=%#p cbWrite=%zu pvUser1=%#p pvUser2=%#p\n",
|
---|
10289 | pDisk, uOffset, pcSgBuf, cbWrite, pvUser1, pvUser2));
|
---|
10290 | do
|
---|
10291 | {
|
---|
10292 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10293 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10294 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10295 |
|
---|
10296 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10297 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
10298 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
10299 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10300 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pcSgBuf),
|
---|
10301 | ("pcSgBuf=%#p\n", pcSgBuf),
|
---|
10302 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10303 |
|
---|
10304 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10305 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10306 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
10307 |
|
---|
10308 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
10309 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
10310 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
10311 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10312 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
10313 |
|
---|
10314 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE, uOffset,
|
---|
10315 | cbWrite, pDisk->pLast, pcSgBuf,
|
---|
10316 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
10317 | NULL, vdWriteHelperAsync,
|
---|
10318 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
|
---|
10319 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
10320 | {
|
---|
10321 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
10322 | break;
|
---|
10323 | }
|
---|
10324 |
|
---|
10325 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
10326 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
10327 | {
|
---|
10328 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
10329 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10330 | else
|
---|
10331 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
10332 | }
|
---|
10333 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
10334 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10335 | } while (0);
|
---|
10336 |
|
---|
10337 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
10338 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
10339 | {
|
---|
10340 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10341 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10342 | }
|
---|
10343 |
|
---|
10344 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10345 | return rc;
|
---|
10346 | }
|
---|
10347 |
|
---|
10348 |
|
---|
10349 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
10350 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
10351 | {
|
---|
10352 | int rc;
|
---|
10353 | int rc2;
|
---|
10354 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
10355 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
10356 |
|
---|
10357 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
10358 |
|
---|
10359 | do
|
---|
10360 | {
|
---|
10361 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10362 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10363 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10364 |
|
---|
10365 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10366 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10367 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
10368 |
|
---|
10369 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
10370 |
|
---|
10371 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, 0,
|
---|
10372 | 0, pDisk->pLast, NULL,
|
---|
10373 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
10374 | NULL, vdFlushHelperAsync,
|
---|
10375 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
|
---|
10376 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
10377 | {
|
---|
10378 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
10379 | break;
|
---|
10380 | }
|
---|
10381 |
|
---|
10382 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
10383 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
10384 | {
|
---|
10385 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
10386 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10387 | else
|
---|
10388 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
10389 | }
|
---|
10390 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
10391 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10392 | } while (0);
|
---|
10393 |
|
---|
10394 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
10395 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
10396 | {
|
---|
10397 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10398 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10399 | }
|
---|
10400 |
|
---|
10401 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10402 | return rc;
|
---|
10403 | }
|
---|
10404 |
|
---|
10405 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncDiscardRanges(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges, unsigned cRanges,
|
---|
10406 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
10407 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
10408 | {
|
---|
10409 | int rc;
|
---|
10410 | int rc2;
|
---|
10411 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
10412 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
10413 |
|
---|
10414 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
10415 |
|
---|
10416 | do
|
---|
10417 | {
|
---|
10418 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
10419 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10420 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
10421 |
|
---|
10422 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10423 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10424 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
10425 |
|
---|
10426 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
10427 |
|
---|
10428 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxDiscardAlloc(pDisk, paRanges, cRanges,
|
---|
10429 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2, NULL,
|
---|
10430 | vdDiscardHelperAsync,
|
---|
10431 | VDIOCTX_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
|
---|
10432 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
10433 | {
|
---|
10434 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
10435 | break;
|
---|
10436 | }
|
---|
10437 |
|
---|
10438 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
10439 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
10440 | {
|
---|
10441 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
10442 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10443 | else
|
---|
10444 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
10445 | }
|
---|
10446 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
10447 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
10448 | } while (0);
|
---|
10449 |
|
---|
10450 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
10451 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
10452 | {
|
---|
10453 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
10454 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
10455 | }
|
---|
10456 |
|
---|
10457 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10458 | return rc;
|
---|
10459 | }
|
---|
10460 |
|
---|
10461 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRepair(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
10462 | const char *pszFilename, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
10463 | uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
10464 | {
|
---|
10465 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
10466 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
10467 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
10468 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
10469 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
10470 |
|
---|
10471 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
10472 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
10473 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
10474 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
10475 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10476 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
10477 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
10478 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10479 | AssertMsgReturn((fFlags & ~VD_REPAIR_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
10480 | ("fFlags=%#x\n", fFlags),
|
---|
10481 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10482 |
|
---|
10483 | pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
10484 | if (!pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
10485 | {
|
---|
10486 | /*
|
---|
10487 | * Caller doesn't provide an I/O interface, create our own using the
|
---|
10488 | * native file API.
|
---|
10489 | */
|
---|
10490 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&VDIfIoFallback);
|
---|
10491 | pInterfaceIo = &VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
10492 | }
|
---|
10493 |
|
---|
10494 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
10495 | AssertReturn(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
10496 | VDIfIoInt.pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpenLimited;
|
---|
10497 | VDIfIoInt.pfnClose = vdIOIntCloseLimited;
|
---|
10498 | VDIfIoInt.pfnDelete = vdIOIntDeleteLimited;
|
---|
10499 | VDIfIoInt.pfnMove = vdIOIntMoveLimited;
|
---|
10500 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited;
|
---|
10501 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited;
|
---|
10502 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
10503 | VDIfIoInt.pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
10504 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadUser = vdIOIntReadUserLimited;
|
---|
10505 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteUser = vdIOIntWriteUserLimited;
|
---|
10506 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadMeta = vdIOIntReadMetaLimited;
|
---|
10507 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteMeta = vdIOIntWriteMetaLimited;
|
---|
10508 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlush = vdIOIntFlushLimited;
|
---|
10509 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
10510 | pInterfaceIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
10511 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
10512 |
|
---|
10513 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pBackend);
|
---|
10514 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
10515 | {
|
---|
10516 | if (pBackend->pfnRepair)
|
---|
10517 | rc = pBackend->pfnRepair(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk, pVDIfsImage, fFlags);
|
---|
10518 | else
|
---|
10519 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_REPAIR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
10520 | }
|
---|
10521 |
|
---|
10522 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
10523 | return rc;
|
---|
10524 | }
|
---|
10525 |
|
---|